-
101 pure
مَحْض \ mere: only: She’s a mere five years old. Mere force is useless without a plan. pure: simply; nothing but: It was a pure accident that I happened to see him. purely: completely: Our meeting was purely accidental. sheer: complete; nothing but: sheer carelessness. -
102 purely
مَحْض \ mere: only: She’s a mere five years old. Mere force is useless without a plan. pure: simply; nothing but: It was a pure accident that I happened to see him. purely: completely: Our meeting was purely accidental. sheer: complete; nothing but: sheer carelessness. -
103 sheer
مَحْض \ mere: only: She’s a mere five years old. Mere force is useless without a plan. pure: simply; nothing but: It was a pure accident that I happened to see him. purely: completely: Our meeting was purely accidental. sheer: complete; nothing but: sheer carelessness. -
104 comme
comme [kɔm]━━━━━━━━━1. conjunction2. adverb━━━━━━━━━1. <• comme il pleuvait, j'ai pris la voiture as it was raining I took the carc. ( = en tant que) as━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Avec un nom, on utilise like ; avec un verbe, as et the way sont plus corrects que like, mais like est couramment utilisé.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━e. ( = tel que) like• bête comme il est... stupid as he is...f. (locutions)• il est comme ça ! he's like that!• il a pêché un saumon comme ça ! he caught a salmon this big!• je l'ai enfermé, comme ça il ne peut pas nous suivre I locked him in - that way he can't follow us• si c'est comme ça, je m'en vais ! if that's the way it is, I'm leaving!• alors, comme ça, vous nous quittez ? so you're leaving us just like that?• le docteur m'a dit comme ça, prenez des calmants (inf) the doctor just told me to take tranquillizers► comme quoi• comme quoi tout le monde peut se tromper which just goes to show that anybody can make a mistake► comme ci comme ça so-so (inf)• comme si nous ne le savions pas ! as if we didn't know!• tu n'es pas content mais tu peux faire comme si (inf) you're not happy but you can pretend to be► comme tout2. <• comme ils sont bruyants ! they're so noisy!• comme il fait beau ! isn't it a lovely day!• écoute comme elle chante bien ! isn't she a wonderful singer!* * *kɔm
1.
adverbe how
2.
1) ( de même que)ils sont bêtes, lui comme elle — he's as stupid as she is
il est paresseux, comme sa sœur d'ailleurs — he's lazy, just like his sister
jolie comme tout — ever so pretty GB, really pretty
2) ( dans une comparaison)c'est tout comme — (colloq) it comes to the same thing
elle me traite comme un enfant — she treats me like a child, she treats me as if I were a child
3) ( dans une explication)des pays industrialisés comme les États-Unis et le Japon — industrialized countries such as ou like the United States and Japan
puisque c'est comme ça — if that's the way it is, if that's how it is
4) (colloq) ( dans une approximation)elle a eu comme un évanouissement — she sort of fainted, she had a kind of fainting fit
5) ( indiquant l'intensité)avare comme il est, il ne te donnera rien — he's so mean, he won't give you anything
6) ( indiquant une fonction) as7) ( puisque) as, sincecomme elle était seule — as ou since she was alone
8) ( au moment où) as••comme ci comme ça — (colloq) so-so (colloq)
* * *kɔm1. prép1) (comparaison) likeIl est comme son père. — He's like his father.
Je voudrais un manteau comme celui de la photo. — I'd like a coat like the one in the picture.
2) (manière) likeFaites comme lui. — Do as he does., Do it like him.
Ça se plie comme ça. — You fold it like this.
Faites-le comme ça. — Do it like this., Do it this way.
C'était un poisson grand comme ça. — The fish was this big.
comme ça,...; Comme ça on n'aura pas d'ennuis. — That way we won't have any problems.
comme cela,...; Comme cela nous n'aurons pas d'ennuis. — That way we won't have any problems.
comme ci, comme ça — so-so
"Comment est-ce que tu as trouvé le film?" - - "Comme ci comme ça." — "What did you think of the film?" - - "So-so."
"comment ça va?" - - "comme ça" — "how are things?" - - "ok"
3) (= en tant que) asse donner comme objectif de faire qch — to set o.s. the goal of doing sth
J'ai travaillé comme serveuse cet été. — I worked as a waitress this summer.
comme tout; joli comme tout — ever so pretty
comme c'est pas permis; Il est malin comme c'est pas permis. — He's as smart as they come.
comme quoi (ce qui prouve que) — which just goes to show that, (selon quoi) saying that
Il s'en est tiré sain et sauf, comme quoi il y a un dieu pour les inconscients. — He escaped unharmed, which just goes to show there is a god for the reckless.
Il a écrit une lettre comme quoi il... — He wrote a letter saying that he...
comme il faut adv — properly
Mets le couvert comme il faut! — Set the table properly!, adjproper
Ce sont des gens comme il faut. — They're very proper people.
2. conj1) (= ainsi que) asElle écrit comme elle parle. — She writes as she talks.
Faites comme vous voulez. — Do as you like.
2) (= au moment où) asIl est parti comme j'arrivais. — He left as I arrived.
3) (= puisque) as, sinceComme il était en retard, il... — As he was late, he...
3. advRegarde comme c'est beau! — Look, isn't it lovely!, Look how lovely it is!
* * *A adv how; comme tu es malin! how clever you are!; comme il a raison! how right he is!; comme j'aime lire! how I love reading!; comme tu as grandi, je ne t'ai pas reconnu how you've grown, I didn't recognize you.B conj1 ( de même que) ici comme en Italie ( exclusivement) here as in Italy; ( inclusivement) both here and in Italy; ils sont bêtes, lui comme elle they are both as stupid as each other, he's as stupid as she is; en France et en Angleterre, comme dans les autres pays d'Europe in France and in England as (well as) in the other European countries; contente-toi de dire comme moi just say the same thing as me; il est paresseux, comme sa sœur d'ailleurs he's lazy, just like his sister; il mange comme eux he eats the same things as they do; elle est sage-femme comme sa mère et sa grand-mère she's a midwife, like her mother and grandmother (before her); fais comme moi do as I do; nous avons fêté Noël chez nous, comme tous les ans we spent Christmas at home, as we do every year; été comme hiver all year round, summer and winter alike; comme toujours as always; j'y étais allé comme chaque matin I'd gone there as I did every morning; jolie/légère comme tout ever so pretty/light GB, really pretty/light;2 ( dans une comparaison) il est grand comme sa sœur he's as tall as his sister; les cheveux du bébé sont lisses comme de la soie the baby's hair is as smooth as silk; c'est tout comme○ it comes to the same thing; rouge comme une pivoine as red as a beetroot GB ou beet US; je leur ai parlé tout comme je te parle I spoke to them just like○ I'm speaking to you now; c'est quelqu'un de comme ça○! he's/she's great!; il est bête/courageux comme pas un he's as stupid/brave as they come; il boit/travaille comme pas un he drinks/works like anything; comme tu y vas! that's going a bit far!; elle me traite comme un enfant she treats me like a child, she treats me as if I were a child;3 ( dans une équivalence) c'est comme une brioche avec des raisins à l'intérieur it's like a brioche with currants in it; un chapeau comme celui-là a hat like that one; je voudrais un manteau comme le tien I'd like a coat like yours; comme pour faire as if to do; et comme pour bien marquer leur refus, ils sont sortis de la salle and as if to make a point of their refusal, they left the room; elle a fait un geste comme pour se protéger she made a movement as if to protect herself;4 (dans une illustration, une explication) des pays industrialisés comme les États-Unis et le Japon industrialized countries such as ou like the United States and Japan; qu'est-ce que vous avez comme couleurs? what colours do you have?; qu'est-ce qu'il y a comme vaisselle? what is there in the way of crockery?; comme ça like that; alors comme ça tu vas travailler à l'étranger? so you're going to work abroad then?; puisque c'est comme ça if that's the way it is, if that's how it is; on va faire comme si we're going to pretend that; il a fait comme s'il ne me voyait pas he pretended (that) he hadn't seen me; c'est comme si it's as if; comme s'il dormait as if ou as though he was sleeping; comme si je n'avais que ça à faire! as if I had nothing better to do!; comme si j'avais besoin de ça! that's the last thing I needed!; ‘je ne trouve pas ça joli’-‘fais comme si’ ‘I don't think it's pretty’-‘just pretend you do’; elle m'a dit, comme si de rien n'était, que… she told me, just like that, that…; se comporter comme si de rien n'était to act as if nothing were wrong;5 ○( dans une approximation) elle a eu comme un évanouissement she sort of fainted, she had a kind of fainting fit; elle semblait comme gênée she seemed somewhat embarrassed;6 ( indiquant l'intensité) avare comme il est, il ne te donnera rien he's so mean, he won't give you anything; maigre comme elle est she's so thin;7 ( indiquant une fonction) as; travailler comme jardinier to work as a gardener; il a été recruté comme traducteur he was taken on as a translator; la phrase est donnée comme exemple the sentence is given as an example; que veux-tu comme cadeau? what would you like for ou as a present?;8 ( puisque) as, since; comme elle était seule as ou since she was alone; comme il l'aime, il lui pardonnera as ou since he loves him/her, he'll forgive him/her;9 ( au moment où) as; juste comme just as; comme il traversait la rue as he was crossing the road; elle arrivait comme je partais she was coming in as I was going out.comme quoi! which just shows!; comme ci comme ça○ so-so○.[kɔm] conjonctionil a fait un signe, comme pour appeler he made a sign, as if to call outc'est comme ta sœur, elle ne téléphone jamais your sister's the same, she never phonesje suis comme toi, j'ai horreur de ça I'm like you, I hate that kind of thingfais comme moi, ne lui réponds pas do as I do, don't answer himil ne m'a pas injurié, mais c'était tout comme he didn't actually insult me, but it was close ou as good as2. [exprimant la manière] asfais comme il te plaira do as you like ou pleasecomme on pouvait s'y attendre, nos actions ont baissé as could be expected, our shares have gone downla connaissant comme je la connais knowing her as well as ou like I docomme dirait l'autre (familier) , comme dit l'autre (familier) as the saying goes, to coin a phrase, as they saycomme il se doit en pareilles circonstances as befits the circumstances, as is fitting in such circumstancescomme ci comme ça (familier) : tu t'entends bien avec lui? — comme ci comme ça do you get on with him? — sort of ou so-somince comme elle est, elle peut porter n'importe quoi being as slim as she is everything suits her, she is so slim that everything suits herles arbres comme le marronnier... trees like ou such as the chestnut...4. [en tant que] as5. [pour ainsi dire]il restait sur le seuil, comme paralysé he was standing on the doorstep, (as if he was) rooted to the spot6. [et]le règlement s'applique à tous, à vous comme aux autres the rules apply to everybody, you includedun spectacle que les parents, comme les enfants, apprécieront a show which will delight parents and children alike[pendant que] while————————[kɔm] adverbe1. [emploi exclamatif] howcomme c'est triste! how sad (it is)!, it's so sad!comme tu es grande! what a big girl you are now!, how big you've grown!2. [indiquant la manière]tu sais comme il est you know what he's like ou how he iscomme ça locution adjectivale1. [ainsi] like thatil est comme ça, on ne le changera pas! that's the way he is, you won't change him!2. [admirable] greatcomme ça locution adverbiale1. [de cette manière] like this ou thatc'est comme ça, que ça te plaise ou non! that's how ou the way it is, whether you like it or not!2. [en intensif]alors comme ça, tu te maries? (oh) so you're getting married?————————comme il faut locution adjectivale————————comme il faut locution adverbiale1. [correctement] properly2. (familier) [emploi exclamatif]il s'est fait battre, et comme il faut (encore)! he got well and truly thrashed!comme quoi locution conjonctive1. [ce qui prouve que] which shows ou (just) goes to show that2. (familier) [selon quoi]j'ai reçu des ordres comme quoi personne ne devait avoir accès au dossier I've been instructed not to allow anybody access to that filecomme si locution conjonctive1. [exprimant la comparaison] as ifelle faisait comme si de rien n'était she pretended (that) there was nothing wrong, she pretended (that) nothing had happenedcomme s'il ne savait pas ce qu'il faisait! as if ou as though he didn't know what he was doing!comme tout locution adverbiale -
105 mieux
mieux [mjø]comparative, superlative of bien1. adverba. better• plus il s'entraîne, mieux il joue the more he practises the better he plays• mieux vaut trop de travail que pas assez too much work is better than not enough (PROV) mieux vaut tard que jamais(PROV) better late than never (PROV) mieux vaut prévenir que guérir(PROV) prevention is better than cure• de mieux en mieux ! that's great!• des deux, c'est elle la mieux habillée she is the better dressed of the two2. invariable adjectivea. ( = plus satisfaisant) better• le mieux• la mieux• c'est la mieux de nos secrétaires (de toutes) she is the best of our secretaries ; (de deux) she's the better of our secretaries• le mieux serait de... the best thing would be to...• tu n'as rien de mieux à faire ? haven't you got anything better to do?• ce n'est pas mal, mais il y a mieux it's not bad, but I've seen betterb. ( = en meilleure santé) better ; ( = plus à l'aise) betterc. ( = plus beau) better looking• c'est son frère, en mieux he's like his brother only better looking3. masculine nouna. ( = ce qui est préférable) le mieux serait d'accepter it would be best to agree• j'ai essayé de répondre de mon mieux aux questions I tried to answer the questions to the best of my abilityc. ( = progrès) improvement* * *mjø
1.
adjectif invariable betterle mieux, la mieux, les mieux — ( de plusieurs) gén the best; ( de caractère) the nicest; ( d'aspect) the most attractive
2.
1) ( comparatif) betterqui dit mieux? — gén any other offers?; ( dans une vente aux enchères) any advance on that bid?
de mieux en mieux — gén better and better
aller de mieux en mieux — [malade] to be getting stronger all the time
tu n'as pas d'argent? de mieux en mieux — iron you've no money now? that's absolutely great! (colloq) iron
ils criaient à qui mieux mieux — they were all shouting, each one louder than the other
c'est mieux que bien, c'est merveilleux — it's not just good, it's marvellous [BrE]!
2) ( superlatif)le mieux, la mieux, les mieux — ( de plusieurs) the best; ( de deux) the better
3.
nom masculin invariablefais pour le mieux, fais au mieux — do whatever is best
elle est au mieux avec sa voisine — she is on very good terms with her neighbour [BrE]
elle est au mieux de sa forme — she's on GB ou in US top form
c'est le même, en mieux — it's the same, only better
* * *mjø1. adv1) (d'une meilleure façon) betterElle travaille mieux. — She works better.
Elle mange mieux. — She eats better.
Elle va mieux. — She's better.
Les cheveux courts lui vont mieux. — She looks better with short hair.
J'attendais mieux de vous. — I expected better of you.
Je la connais mieux que son frère. — I know her better than her brother.
mieux que quiconque [savoir, connaître] — better than anyone
C'est la région que je connais le mieux. — It's the region I know best.
faire mieux de...; Vous feriez mieux de partir maintenant. — You would do better to leave now.
valoir mieux; Il vaut mieux que tu appelles ta mère. — You'd better phone your mother.
Il criaient à qui mieux mieux. — They were trying to shout each other down.
2. adj1) betterElle est mieux que l'autre vendeuse. — She's nicer than the other assistant.
Il est mieux sans moustache. — He looks better without a moustache.
2) (= plus satisfaisant) betterDemandez-lui, c'est le mieux. — Ask him, it's the best thing.
qui mieux est — even better, better still
3. nm1) (= progrès) improvementIl y a eu un léger mieux. — There's been a slight improvement.
2) (maximum)Essaie de faire de ton mieux. — Try to do your best.
* * *A adj inv better; être mieux que to be better than; le mieux, la mieux, les mieux ( de plusieurs) gén the best; ( de caractère) the nicest; ( d'aspect) the most attractive; la mieux des deux gén the better one; ( d'aspect) the more attractive one; elle est mieux en brune/sans lunettes she looks better as a brunette/without spectacles; quelque chose de mieux something better; il n'y a rien de mieux there's nothing like it; ce qu'il y a de mieux the best.B adv1 ( comparatif) better; parler mieux l'anglais que ses parents to speak English better than one's parents; parler mieux l'anglais que l'espagnol to speak English better than Spanish; parler anglais comme les autres, ni mieux ni plus mal to speak English like the others, no better and no worse; elle parle anglais un peu/beaucoup mieux qu'avant she speaks English slightly/much better than she did before; tu peux faire mieux you can do better; je ne peux pas te dire mieux that's all I can tell you; qui dit mieux? gén any other offers?; ( aux enchères) any advance on that bid?; elle n'est pas guérie, mais elle est mieux she's not completely recovered, but she is better than she was; tu serais mieux au lit you'd be better off in bed; elle va or se porte mieux she's better; elle est mieux portante she's in better health; j'aime mieux rester ici I'd rather stay here; il vaudrait mieux rester/partir it would be best to stay/leave; il vaut encore mieux être en retard qu'absent better be late than not go at all; tu ferais mieux de partir/de leur parler you'd better leave/speak to them, it would be best if you left/spoke to them; mieux encore better still; mieux que jamais better than ever; qui mieux est moreover; de mieux en mieux gén better and better; parler anglais de mieux en mieux to get better and better at (speaking) English; aller de mieux en mieux [malade] to be getting stronger all the time; tu n'as pas d'argent? de mieux en mieux iron you've no money now? that's absolutely great○! iron; ils criaient à qui mieux mieux they were all shouting each one louder than the other; on la critiquait à qui mieux mieux each person criticized her more harshly than the last; c'est mieux que bien, c'est merveilleux it's not just good, it's marvellousGB!; c'est on ne peut mieux it's perfect; ⇒ deux, tard;2 ( superlatif) le mieux, la mieux, les mieux ( de plusieurs) the best; ( de deux) the better; l'acteur le mieux payé du monde the best-paid actor in the world; il est le mieux payé des deux he's the better paid one ou he earns more; les ouvriers les mieux formés the best-trained workers; la personne la mieux habillée the best-dressed person; c'est ici qu'on mange le mieux this is the best place to eat; cela s'est passé le mieux du monde it all went fine; je me porte le mieux du monde I'm feeling absolutely fine; nous nous entendons le mieux du monde we get on famously; être des mieux payés to be extremely well paid.C nm inv le mieux est d'oublier/d'accepter/de refuser the best thing ou course is to forget it/to accept/to refuse; il y a un/du mieux there is an/some improvement; s'attendre à mieux to expect better; en attendant mieux till something better comes along; il y a mieux it's nothing special; il n'y a pas mieux it's the best there is; tu ne trouveras pas mieux it's as good as you'll get; rester ici, je ne demande pas mieux staying here suits me perfectly; je ne demande pas mieux que de rester ici I'm perfectly happy staying here; j'espérais mieux it's not as good as I hoped; faire de son mieux to do one's best; fais pour le mieux, fais au mieux do whatever is best; tout va pour le mieux everything's fine; cela prendra trois semaines, au mieux it'll take at least three weeks; elle est au mieux avec sa voisine she is on very good terms with her neighbourGB; elle est au mieux de sa forme she's on GB ou in US top form; c'est le même, en mieux it's the same, only better; changer en mieux to change for the better; ⇒ ennemi.[mjø] adverbeA.[COMPARATIF DE 'BIEN']1. [d'une manière plus satisfaisante] bettera. [aux enchères] any advance (on that)?, any more bids?repassez demain, je ne peux pas vous dire mieux come again tomorrow, that's the best ou all I can tell youa. [plus confortablement] sitting more comfortablyb. [au spectacle] in a better seatmoins je le vois, mieux je me porte! the less I see of him, the better I feel!2. [conformément à la raison, à la morale] betterson frère ne fait que des bêtises, et elle ce n'est pas mieux her brother is always misbehaving and she's no betteril ferait mieux de travailler/de se taire he'd do better to work/to keep quieton ne peut pas mieux dire you can't say better ou fairer than thatB.[SUPERLATIF DE 'BIEN'] [par comparaison]a. [de deux] the betterb. [de plusieurs] the besta. [des deux] she's the better-paid modelb. [de plusieurs] she's the best-paid modelC.[EMPLOI NOMINAL] betterc'est pas mal, mais il y a mieux it's not bad, but there's betteren attendant/espérant mieux while waiting/hoping for better (things)faute de mieux, je m'en contenterai since there's nothing better, I'll make do with itc'est sa mère en mieux she's like her mother, only better-lookingchanger en mieux to take a turn for ou to change for the better————————[mjø] adjectif1. [plus satisfaisant] betteron ne se voit plus, c'est mieux ainsi we don't see each other any more, it's better that way2. [du point de vue de la santé, du bien-être] better3. [plus beau] better————————[mjø] nom masculin1. [amélioration] improvementil y a du mieux things have got better, there's some improvement2. [ce qui est préférable]à qui mieux mieux locution adverbiale————————au mieux locution adverbialefaire au mieux to do whatever's best, to act for the bestvous l'aurez lundi, en mettant les choses au mieux you'll get it on Monday at the very bestau mieux de sa forme on top form, in prime condition————————de mieux locution adjectivale1. [de plus satisfaisant]si tu n'as rien de mieux à faire, viens avec moi if you've got nothing better to do, come with me2. [de plus]de mieux en mieux locution adverbialeet maintenant, de mieux en mieux, j'ai perdu mes clefs! (ironique) and now, to cap it all, I've lost my keys!————————des mieux locution adverbialej'ai un ami qui est des mieux placé ou placés au ministère I have a friend who's high up in the Ministryon ne peut mieux locution adverbiale————————pour le mieux locution adverbialequi mieux est locution adverbiale -
106 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
107 at
at or ast, conj. [Curtius connects the Sanscr. ati, ultra, nimis, the Gr. eti, the Lat. et, and at in atavus; Vanicek connects with these at, atque, and atqui. Thus the original idea of addition is prominent in eti, et, and atque; and the idea of opposition in at and atqui, which agree with at-ar in meaning as well as in form. After the same analogy, the Gr. pleon, more, has become plên, but; and the Lat. magis has passed into the same meaning in the Fr. mais and the Ital. mai. The confusion in MSS. between at, ac, and et, and between atque and atqui, was prob. caused as much by their connection in idea as in form] (it was sometimes, for the sake of euphony, written ad; cf. Quint. 12, 10; 12, 32; 1, 7, 5; Charis. p. 203 P., where, instead of at conjunctionem esse, ad vero praepositionem, the reading should be, ad conjunctionem esse, at vero praepositionem, Fr.; v. the pass. in its connection; cf. also Vel. Long. p. 2230 P.; Cassiod. p. 2287 P.; Mar. Vict. p. 2458 P. The form ast is found in the old laws; it occurs once in Trag. Rel., but never in Com. Rel. nor in Lucil.; at is found in Plautus about 280 times, and ast about 10 times; in Ter. at about 100 times, and ast once; in Hor. at 60 times, ast 3 times; in Verg. at 168 times, ast 16; in Juv. at 17 times, ast 7; Catull., Tibull., and Prop. use only at, and Pers. (Jahn) only ast; in prose, Cic. uses [p. 186] ast in his epistles. It joins to a previous thought a new one, either antithetical or simply different, and especially an objection; while sed denotes a direct opposition; and autem marks a transition, and denotes at once a connection and an opposition).I.In adding a diff., but not entirely opp. thought, a qualification, restriction, etc., moreover, but, yet; sometimes an emphasized (but never merely copulative) and.A.In gen.: SEI PARENTEM PVER VERBERIT AST OLE PLORASSIT PVER DIVEIS PARENTOM SACER ESTO, if the son strike his father, and the father complain, let the son, etc., Lex Serv. Tullii ap. Fest. s. v. plorare, p. 230 Müll.; Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 24: Philosophari est mihi necesse, at paucis, but only in a few words, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 65 Rib.:B.DIVOS ET EOS QVI CAELESTES, SEMPER HABITI COLVNTO... AST OLLA PROPTER QVAE etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19; 3, 4, 11: hinc Remus auspicio se devovet atque secundam Solus avem servat. At Romulus pulcer in alto Quaerit Aventino, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 83 Vahl.); Plaut. Capt. 5, 4, 22:si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit,
id. ib. 3, 5, 25:paret Amor dictis carae genetricis. At Venus Ascanio placidam per membra quietem Inrigat,
Verg. A. 1, 691:(Aeneas) finem dedit ore loquendi. At, Phoebi nondum patiens, immanis in antro Bacchatur vates,
id. ib. 6, 77; 11, 709 sq.: quo (odore) totum nati corpus perduxit;at illi Dulcis compositis spiravit crinibus aura,
id. G. 4, 416; so id. ib. 4, 460; 4, 513; id. A. 3, 259; 3, 675; 7, 81; 8, 241; 9, 793; Prop. 4, 4, 15; 4, 7, 11; Luc. 3, 664; 4, 36 al.—Also in prose (chiefly post-Aug.):una (navis) cum Nasidianis profugit: at ex reliquis una praemissa Massiliam, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 7:ubi facta sunt, in unum omnia miscentur. At pastilli haec ratio est, etc.,
Cels. 5, 17; 6, 18:quamquam insideret urbem proprius miles, tres urbanae, novem praetoriae cohortes Etruriā ferme Umbriāque delectae aut vetere Latio et coloniis antiquitus Romanis. At apud idonea provinciarum sociae triremes etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 5; 4, 6:negavit aliā se condicione adlecturum, quam si pateretur ascribi albo, extortum sibi a matre. At illa commota etc.,
Suet. Tib. 51; id. Calig. 15; 44; id. Vesp. 5; id. Dom. 4; id. Galb. 7 al.—In the enumeration of particulars:Cum alio cantat, at tamen alii suo dat digito litteras, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 20 Rib.: dant alios aliae (silvae) fetus: dant utile lignum Navigiis pinos... At myrtus validis hastilibus et bona bello Cornus,
Verg. G. 2, 447:Nam neque tum stellis acies obtunsa videtur... At nebulae magis etc.,
id. ib. 1, 401; 3, 87; id. A. 7, 691:Hic altā Sicyone, ast hic Amydone relictā, Hic Andro, etc.,
Juv. 3, 69.— The Vulg. often uses at as a mere continuative, where even et or atque might stand: sciscitabur ab iis ubi Christus nasceretur. At illi dixerunt ei: In etc., Matt. 2, 5; 4, 20; 8, 32; 14, 29; 15, 34 et persaep.—In transition,Esp.,1.To a new narration, like the Gr. de; so the commencement of the fourth book of the Æneid: At regina gravi jam dudum saucia curā, etc. (the third book closes with the narrative of Æneas); so the beginning of the third book of the Thebaid of Statius: At non Aoniae moderator perfidus aulae, etc.; Verg. A. 4, 504; 5, 35; 5, 545; 5, 700; 5, 779; 6, 679; 7, 5; 8, 370; 8, 608; 9, 503; 10, 689; 11, 597; 12, 134 et saep.—Also in the postAug. histt. and other prose writers; so after speaking of the Ubii etc., Tac. says: At in Chaucis coeptavere seditionem praesidium agitantes etc., A. 1, 38; so ib. 4, 13; 12, 62; 14, 23 et saep.—2.To a wonderful, terrible, unexpected, or exciting occurrence or circumstance:3.clamores simul horrendos ad sidera tollit, etc.... At gemini lapsu delubra ad summa dracones Effugiunt,
Verg. A. 2, 225; 3, 225:Lacte madens illic suberat Pan ilicis umbrae, Et facta agresti lignea falce Pales etc. At quā Velabri regio patet etc.,
Tib. 2, 5, 33; Verg. G. 4, 471:consurgit Turnus in ensem et ferit. Exclamant Troes trepidique Latini, Arrectaeque amborum acies. At perfidus ensis Frangitur in medio,
id. A. 12, 731; 10, 763:adusque Supremum tempus, ne se penuria victūs Opprimeret metuebat. At hunc liberta securi divisit medium,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 99: Magnus quanto mucrone minatur Noctibus hibernis et sidera terret Orion. At sonipes habitus etc., Stat. S. 1, 1, 46.—To a passionate appeal, etc., in which case the antecedent clause is not expressed, but must be considered as existing in the mind of the speaker; cf. in Gr. alla su, su de.a.In passing to an interrogation, exhortation, request:b.At, scelesta, viden ut ne id quidem me dignum esse existumat?
Plaut. As. 1, 2, 23; id. Aul. 1, 1, 8:At qui nummos tristis inuncat?
Lucil. 15, 21 Müll.: Me. Sauream non novi. Li. At nosce sane, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 58: Ca. Non adest. Ps. At tu cita, id. Ps. 1, 1, 30:satis habeo, at quaeso hercle etiam vide,
id. Merc. 5, 4, 53 (Ritschl, sat habeo. Sed):at unum hoc quaeso... Ut, etc.,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 89:at tu, qui laetus rides mala nostra caveto Mox tibi,
Tib. 1, 2, 87:Hunc ut Peleus vidit, At inferias, juvenum gratissime Crantor, Accipe, ait,
Ov. M. 12, 367:at tu, nauta, vagae ne parce malignus arenae Ossibus et capiti inhumato Particulam dare,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 23.—In prose:at vide quid succenseat,
Cic. Fam. 7, 24, 2:itaque pulsus ego civitate non sum, quae nulla erat: at vide, quam ista tui latrocinii tela contempserim,
id. Part. Or. 4, 1, 28; id. Dom. 44; App. M. 6, p. 179, 18.—In expressions of passion, astonishment, indignation, pain, etc.:c.At ut scelesta sola secum murmurat,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 13: Sc. Nunc quidem domi certost: certa res est Nunc nostrum opservare ostium, [ubi] ubist. Pa. At, Sceledre, quaeso, Ut etc., id. Mil. 2, 4, 46:At o deorum quidquid in caelo regit Terras et humanum genus, Quid iste fert tumultus?
Hor. Epod. 5, 1:At tibi quanta domus rutila testudine fulgens, etc.,
Stat. S. 2, 4, 11.—In prose:horum omnium studium una mater oppugnat: at quae mater?
Cic. Clu. 70; id. Verr. 2, 2, 45:at per deos immortales! quid est, quod de hoc dici possit,
id. ib. 2, 1, 46:institui senatores, qui omnia indicum responsa perscriberent. At quos viros!
id. Sull. 42; id. Deiot. 19, 33:tangit et ira deos: at non impune feremus,
Ov. M. 8, 279; 10, 724:at tibi Colchorum, memini, regina vacavi,
id. H. 12, 1.—In indignant imprecations:d.At te di omnes cum consilio, Calve, mactāssint malo! Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 245 Rib.: At te Juppiter diique omnes perdant!
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 37:At te di deaeque faxint cum isto odio, Laches,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 59:At te di perdant,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 41:At tibi di dignum factis exitium duint,
id. And. 4, 1, 42:At vobis male sit,
Cat. 3, 13:At tibi, pro scelere, exclamat, pro talibus ausis Di... persolvant grates dignas et praemia reddant Debita!
Verg. A. 2, 535.—In prose:At vos, ait, devota capita, respiciant di perjuriorum vindices,
Just. 14, 4, 10.—Rarely of friendly inclination, disposition:e.At tibi di bene faciant omnes,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 18:At tibi di semper, adulescens, quisquis es, faciant bene,
id. Men. 5, 7, 32:At tu, Catulle, destinatus obdura,
Cat. 8, 19.—In entreaty:II.At vos, o superi, miserescite regis,
Verg. A. 8, 572:at tu, pater deūm hominumque, hinc saltem arce hostes,
Liv. 1, 12.—In adding an entirely opposite thought, but, but indeed, but on the other hand, on the contrary, etc. (the strictly class. signif. of the word).A.In gen.: at differentiam rerum significat: ut cum dicimus, Scipio est bellator, at M. Cato orator, Paul. ex Fest. p. 11 Müll.: splendet saepe, ast idem nimbis interdum nigret, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 170 Rib.: So. Mentire nunc. Me. At jam faciam, ut verum dicas dicere, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 189: So. Per Jovem juro med etc. Me. At ego per Mercurium juro, tibi etc., id. ib. 1, 1, 280:a.Atque oppido hercle bene velle illud visus sum, Ast non habere quoi commendarem caprum,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 22:fecit idem Themistocles... at idem Pericles non fecit,
Cic. Att. 7, 11, 3:non placet M. Antonio consulatus meus, at placuit P. Servilio,
id. Phil. 2, 5, 12:majores nostri Tusculanos Aequos... in civitatem etiam acceperunt, at Karthaginem et Numantiam funditus sustulerunt,
id. Off. 1, 11, 35: brevis a naturā nobis vita data est;at memoria bene redditae vitae sempiterna,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 32; id. Cat. 2, 2, 3; id. Leg. 2, 18:crebras a nobis litteras exspecta, ast plures etiam ipse mittito,
id. Att. 1, 16 fin.: Rejectis pilis comminus gladiis pugnatum est. At Germani phalange factā impetus gladiorum exceperunt, Caes. B. G. 1, 52:Postquam Caesar dicendi finem fecit, ceteri verbo alius alii varie adsentiebantur. At M. Porcius Cato hujusce modi orationem habuit,
Sall. C. 52, 1:hac iter Elysium nobis, at laeva... ad impia Tartara mittit,
Verg. A. 6, 542: T. Ante leves ergo pascentur in aethere cervi... M. At nos hinc alii sitientīs ibimus Afros, id. E. 1, 65: Dam. Malo me Galatea petit, lasciva puella... Men. At mihi sese offert ultro meus ignis Amyntas, id. ib. 3, 66; 7, 35; 7, 55; id. G. 1, 219; 1, 242; 1, 370; 2, 151; 2, 184; 3, 331; 4, 18; 4, 180; id. A. 2, 35; 2, 687; 3, 424; 5, 264;6, 489: Ast ego nutrici non mando vota,
Pers. 2, 39:ast illi tremat etc.,
id. 6, 74:Ast vocat officium,
id. 6, 27:At Jesus audiens ait,
Vulg. Matt. 9, 12; 9, 22; 12, 3; 12, 48 et persaep.—In order to strengthen a contrast, sometimes (esp. in Plaut. and Ter.) with contra, e contrario, potius, etiam, vero.(α).With contra:(β).Summis nitere opibus, at ego contra ut dissimilis siem,
Lucil. 26, 19 Müll.:Ergo quod magnumst aeque leviusque videtur... At contra gravius etc.,
Lucr. 1, 366; so id. 1, 570; 1, 1087; 2, 235: L. Opimius ejectus est e patriā: At contra bis Catilina absolutus est, Cic. Pis. 95; id. Verr. 5, 66; id. Sex. Rosc. 131; id. Quinct. 75:At tibi contra Evenit, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 27:(Cornutus) taedio curarum mortem in se festinavit: at contra reus nihil infracto animo, etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 28.—With e contrario: apud nos mercenarii scribae existimantur;(γ).at apud illos e contrario nemo ad id officium admittitur, nisi, etc.,
Nep. Eum. 1, 5:in locis siccis partibus sulcorum imis disponenda sunt semina, ut tamquam in alveolis maneant. At uliginosis e contrario in summo porcae dorso collocanda, etc.,
Col. 11, 3, 44.—With potius:(δ).at satius fuerat eam viro dare nuptum potius,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 44:at potius serves nostram, tua munera, vitam,
Ov. H. 3, 149.—With etiam: At etiam, furcifer, Male loqui mi audes? but do you even? etc., Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 31; id. Trin. 4, 2, 151; id. Rud. 3, 4, 6:(ε).At etiam cubat cuculus. Surge, amator, i domum,
but he is yet abed, id. As. 5, 2, 73; so id. Capt. 2, 3, 98; id. Mil. 4, 4, 6:Exi foras, sceleste. At etiam restitas, Fugitive!
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 1; 5, 6, 10: Proinde aut exeant, aut quiescant, etc.... at etiam sunt, Quirites, qui dicant, a me in exsilium ejectum esse Catilinam, on the contrary, there are indeed people who say. etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 6, 12; id. Phil. 2, 30, 76; id. Quinct. 56; id. Verr. 5, 77; id. Dom. 70 al.—With vero, but certainly:(ζ).At vero aut honoribus aucti aut etc.,
Cic. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Off. 2, 20, 70; 2, 23, 80; id. Fin. 1, 10, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 17 al.—With certe:(η).Numquam ego te, vitā frater amabilior, Aspiciam posthac. At certe semper amabo,
Cat. 65, 11; 66, 25. —So, quidem—at (very rare) = quidem —autem, Cic. Off. 1, 22, 75.—b.Ironically: Th. Quid valeam? Ly. At tu aegrota, si lubet, per me aetatem quidem, Plaut. Curc. 4, 3, 22:B.at, credo, mea numina tandem Fessa jacent,
Verg. A. 7, 297; 7, 363; Ov. H. 1, 44.—Very freq. in adding an objection, from one's own mind or another's, against an assertion previously made, but, on the contrary, in opposition to this; sometimes, but one may say, it may be objected, and the like:a.Piscium magnam atque altilium vim interfecisti. At nego,
Lucil. 28, 43 Müll.:Quid tandem te impedit? Mosne majorum? At persaepe etiam privati in hac re publicā perniciosos cives morte multārunt. An leges, quae de civium Romanorum supplicio rogatae sunt? At numquam in hac urbe etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 11, 28:Appellandi tempus non erat? At tecum plus annum vixit. In Galliā agi non potuit? At et in provinciā jus dicebatur et etc.,
id. Quinct. 41:Male judicavit populus. At judicavit. Non debuit. At potuit. Non fero. At multi clarissimi cives tulerunt,
id. Planc. 11:sunt, quos signa, quos caelatum argentum delectant. At sumus, inquiunt, civitatis principes,
id. Part. Or. 5, 2, 36; id. Fin. 4, 25, 71; id. Verr. 2, 2 fin.:quid porro quaerendum est? Factumne sit? At constat: A quo? At patet,
id. Mil. 6, 15; id. Phil. 2, 9: convivium vicinorum cotidie compleo, quod ad multam noctem, quam maxime possumus, vario sermone producimus. At non est voluptatum tanta quasi titillatio in senibus. Credo: sed ne desideratio quidem, [p. 187] id. Sen. 14, 47:multo magnus orator praestat minutis imperatoribus. At prodest plus imperator. Quis negat?
id. Brut. 73, 256; id. Div. 2, 29, 62; 2, 31, 67; 2, 32, 69 al.:Maxime Juppiter! At in se Pro quaestu sumptum facit hic,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 18 al. — In this case freq. strengthened,By pol, edepol, hercule: At pol ego neque florem neque flocces volo mihi, Caecil., Com. Rel. p. 67 Rib.: So. Non edepol volo profecto. Me. At pol profecto ingratiis, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 215; so id. As. 2, 2, 34; 4, 2, 14; id. Capt. 3, 4, 64; id. Cas. 2, 3, 15; id. Cist. 4, 2, 70; id. Trin. 2, 4, 73: Ha. Gaudio ero vobis. Ad. At edepol nos voluptati tibi, id. Poen. 5, 4, 61; 3, 1, 68:b.At hercule aliquot annos populus Romanus maximā parte imperii caruit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 54; id. Sex. Rosc. 50:at hercle in eā controversiā, quae de Argis est, superior sum,
Liv. 34, 31:At, Hercule, reliquis omnibus etc.,
Plin. 7, 50, 51, § 169:At, hercules, Diodorus et in morbo etc.,
id. 29, 6, 39, § 142:At hercule Germanicum Druso ortum etc.,
Tac. A. 1, 3; 1, 17; 1, 26;3, 54: At, hercules, si conscius fuissem etc.,
Curt. 6, 10, 20 al. —By enim, which introduces a reason for the objection implied in at, but certainly, but surely, but indeed, etc., alla gar: At enim tu nimis spisse incedis, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 16 Rib.; Turp. id. p. 93: at enim nimis hic longo sermone utimur;c.Diem conficimus,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 78:At enim istoc nil est magis etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 21:At enim vereor, inquit Crassus, ne haec etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 49, 188:cum dixisset Sophocles, O puerum pulchrum, Pericle. At enim praetorem, Sophocle, decet non solum manus, sed etiam oculos abstinentes habere, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 40, 144 Beier; so id. Mur. 35, 74; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52 al.:at enim inter hos ipsos existunt graves controversiae,
id. Quinct. 1; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51; 20, 60; id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; id. Ac. 2, 17, 52:At enim cur a me potissimum hoc praesidium petiverunt?
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 15:At enim quis reprehendet, quod in parricidas rei publicae decretum erit?
Sall. C. 51, 25 Kritz:At enim quid ita solus ego circum curam ago?
Liv. 6, 15; 34, 32:At enim eo foedere, quod etc.,
id. 21, 18; 34, 31; 39, 37: At enim nova nobis in fratrum filias conjugia;sed etc.,
Tac. A. 12, 6.—By tamen: Jam id peccatum primum magnum, magnum, at humanum tamen, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 53: Hi secretis sermonibus... conveniunt;C.nam publice civitas talibus inceptis abhorrebat. At tamen interfuere quidam etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 55:At certe tamen, inquiunt, quod etc.,
Cat. 10, 14.—With a preced. negative, sometimes no antithesis is appended by at, but it is indicated that if what has been said is not true, yet at least something else is true, but yet; sometimes with tamen, but yet; or certe, but at least, yet at least:D.Nolo victumas: at minimis me extis placare volo,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 95:Si tibi non cordi fuerant conubia nostra,... At tamen in vostras potuisti ducere sedes,
Cat. 64, 158 sq.:Non cognoscebantur foris, at domi: non ab alienis, at a suis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 11, 56:Liceat haec nobis, si oblivisci non possumus, at tacere,
id. Fl. 25, 61:Si genus humanum et mortalia temnitis arma, At sperate deos memores fandi atque nefandi,
Verg. A. 1, 543; so id. ib. 4, 615, and 6, 406. —With certe:Haec erant... quorum cognitio studiosis juvenibus si non magnam utilitatem adferet, at certe, quod magis petimus, bonam voluntatem,
Quint. 12, 11, 31; Cels. 2, 15; Suet. Calig. 12, al.—The antithesis is sometimes not so much in the clause appended by at, as in the persons or things introduced in it; so,(α).Esp. freq. in conditional clauses with si, si non, si minus, etiam si, etc.; cf. Herm. ad Viger. 241: Si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit; At erit mi hoc factum mortuo memorabile, if I perish here, but he does not return, yet etc., Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 26; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 131:(β).si ego digna hac contumeliā Sum maxime, at tu indignus qui faceres tamen,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 25:Si tu oblitus es, at di meminerunt,
Cat. 30, 11:si non eo die, at postridie,
Cato, R. R. 2, 1:si non paulo, at aliquanto (post petīsses),
Cic. Quinct. 40; 97; id. Mil. 93 al.:quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,
id. Cat. 1, 22; id. Verr. 5, 69; id. Clu. 15: qui non possit, etiam si sine ullā suspitione, at non sine argumento male dicere, id. Cael. 3, 8.—With etsi:(γ).ei, etsi nequāquam parem illius ingenio, at pro nostro tamen studio meritam gratiam referamus,
Cic. de Or. 3, 4, 14; Tac. Or. 19.—With quod si:E.Quod si nihil cum potentiore juris humani relinquitur inopi, at ego ad deos confugiam,
Liv. 9, 1; Tac. A. 1, 67.—At, like autem and de, sometimes serves simply to introduce an explanation: cum Sic mutilus miniteris. At illi foeda cicatrix etc., now an ugly scar etc., Hor. S. 1, 5, 60. —F.And also like de in Hom. and Hdt., it sometimes introduces an apodosis,a.With si: Bellona, si hobie nobis victoriam duis, ast ego templum tibi voveo, if to-day thou bestow victory, then I etc., ean—de, Liv. 10, 19.—b.With quoniam: Nunc, quoniam tuum insanabile ingenium est, at tu tuo supplicio doce etc., since your disposition is past cure, at least etc., epei—de, Liv. 1, 28.► A.At is sometimes repeated at the beginning of several clauses,a.In opposition each to the preceding clause: Soph. Tu quidem haut etiam octoginta's pondo. Paegn. At confidentiā Militia illa militatur multo magis quam pondere. At ego hanc operam perdo, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 47 sq.:b.Si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit: At erit mi hoc factum mortuo memorabile,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 25 sq.; id. As. 5, 2, 6 sqq. (Cic., in Quir. 7 and 10, opposes at to sed, and Tac., in A. 12, 6, sed to at).—In opposition to some common clause preceding:B.At etiam asto? At etiam cesso foribus facere hisce assulas?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 20: Quid tum esse existimas judicatum? Certe gratīs judicāsse. At condemnārat; at causam totam non audierat;at in contionibus etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 113:Sit flagitiorum omnium princeps: at est bonus imperator, at felix,
id. Verr. 5, 4; id. Sest. 47; id. Fragm. B. 16, 5 B. and K.: Nefarius Hippias Pisistrati filius arma contra patriam ferens;at Sulla, at Marius, at Cinna recte, imo jure fortasse,
id. Att. 9, 10, 3: At non formosa est, at non bene culta puella;At, puto, non votis saepe petita meis?
Ov. Am. 3, 7, 1 sq. Merk.:At quam sunt similes, at quam formosus uterque!
id. F. 2, 395: rideri possit eo quod Rusticius tonso toga defluit: at est bonus ut melior vir Non alius quisquam; at tibi amicus;at ingenium ingens Inculto latet hoc sub corpore,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 30 sqq. (cf. sed—sed,
Cat. 64, 141; Juv. 5, 61; 8, 149; and a similar use of alla in Hellenistic Greek, as alla—alla, 2 Cor. 2, 17: alla—alla —alla, 1 Cor. 6, 11).—Though regularly occupying the first place in its clause or sentence, it sometimes stands second (cf. atque fin.):Saepius at si me, Lycida formose, revisas,
Verg. E. 7, 67; id. G. 3, 331:Tutior at quanto merx est in classe secundā,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 47:Mentior at si quid, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 8, 37:Gramineis ast inde toris discumbitur,
Val. Fl. 8, 255:Major at inde etc.,
Stat. Th. 4, 116.—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 417-451; Wagner, Quaest. XXXVII. ad Verg. IV. pp. 581- 585. -
108 rein
f; -, -en; südd., österr. casserole* * *purely (Adv.);(netto) net (Adj.);(sauber) clean (Adj.);(unvermischt) pure (Adj.)* * *≈ casserole* * *1) (free from guilt etc: a clear conscience.) clear2) mere3) (clean, especially morally: pure thoughts.) pure6) (pure; mere: the simple truth.) simple* * *[rain]f casserole* * *IAdverb (ugs.)II 1.rein mit dir! — in you go/come!
1) (unvermischt) pure2) (nichts anderes als) pure; sheeretwas aus reinem Trotz tun — do something out of sheer or pure contrariness
die reine Wahrheit sagen — tell the plain or unvarnished truth
es war eine reine Männersache — it was exclusively a men's affair
eine reine Arbeitergegend — a purely or entirely working-class district
der reinste Quatsch — (ugs.) pure or sheer or absolute nonsense
dein Zimmer ist der reinste Saustall — (derb) your room is a real pigsty
3) (meist geh.): (frisch, sauber) clean; fresh <clothes, sheet of paper, etc.>; pure, clean <water, air>; clear < complexion>; (fig.)jemanden/jemandes Namen rein waschen — (ugs.) clear somebody/somebody's name
sich rein waschen — (ugs.) cler oneself or one's name
etwas ins Reine schreiben — make a fair copy of something
etwas ins Reine bringen — clear something up; put something straight
2.mit jemandem/etwas ins Reine kommen — get things straightened out with somebody/get something sorted or straightened out
Adverb purelyrein zufällig — purely or quite by chance
rein gar nichts — (ugs.) absolutely nothing
* * *rein1A. adj1. pure ( auch CHEM, BIOL, LING, Seide, Wein, Alkohol und fig); (sauber) clean; (klar) auch Gewissen: clear; METALL unalloyed; (gereinigt) purified; (unverfälscht) unadulterated (auch fig); Haut: clear; Blatt Papier: clean, blank;reine Baumwolle pure ( oder 100%) cotton;reines Deutsch sprechen speak a pure German;reine und angewandte Mathematik pure and applied mathematics;Kants Kritik der Reinen Vernunft Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason;2. REL, Tier, Speise: clean;für Moslems ist Schweinefleisch nicht rein pork for Muslims is an unclean meat3. Gewinn: net, cleardas ist reiner Zufall that is sheer luck;reine Lüge downright ( oder barefaced) lie;eine reine Frechheit (a piece of) barefaced cheek (US nerve);reiner Unsinn/Wahnsinn sheer nonsense/madness;das ist reine Theorie that’s only ( oder simply) theory;eine reine Formalität a mere formality;der reine Hohn pure ( oder bitter) mockery;ein reiner Zufall a pure accident ( oder coincidence);reinste Freude sheer ( oder pure) joy;er ist der reinste Komiker he’s a real comedian;die reinste Komödie a regular comedydie reine Wahrheit the plain truth; JUR the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth;B. adv1. purely;rein pflanzlich purely vegetable; nur attr pure ( oder all) vegetable …; Essen: strictly vegetarian;rein pflanzliches Fett pure vegetable fat;aus rein naturwissenschaftlicher Sicht from a strictly scientific point of view2. umg (gänzlich) absolutely;rein unmöglich absolutely impossible;rein verrückt totally mad;aus rein persönlichen Gründen for purely personal reasons;etwas rein Persönliches a purely personal matter;es geht schon rein zeitlich nicht there simply isn’t (enough) time;etwas rein mechanisch tun do sth just mechanicallyC. substantivisch:ins Reine bringen clear up, sort out;mit jemandem ins Reine kommen get things straightened out with sb;(mit sich) ins Reine kommen straighten things out (for o.s.);etwas ins Reine schreiben make a fair copy of sthrein2 adv umgrein… im v umg1. → auch herein…2. → auch hinein…* * *IAdverb (ugs.)II 1.rein mit dir! — in you go/come!
1) (unvermischt) pure2) (nichts anderes als) pure; sheeretwas aus reinem Trotz tun — do something out of sheer or pure contrariness
die reine Wahrheit sagen — tell the plain or unvarnished truth
eine reine Arbeitergegend — a purely or entirely working-class district
der reinste Quatsch — (ugs.) pure or sheer or absolute nonsense
dein Zimmer ist der reinste Saustall — (derb) your room is a real pigsty
3) (meist geh.): (frisch, sauber) clean; fresh <clothes, sheet of paper, etc.>; pure, clean <water, air>; clear < complexion>; (fig.)jemanden/jemandes Namen rein waschen — (ugs.) clear somebody/somebody's name
sich rein waschen — (ugs.) cler oneself or one's name
etwas ins Reine bringen — clear something up; put something straight
2.mit jemandem/etwas ins Reine kommen — get things straightened out with somebody/get something sorted or straightened out
Adverb purelyrein zufällig — purely or quite by chance
rein gar nichts — (ugs.) absolutely nothing
* * *adj.absolute adj.chaste adj.clean adj.immaculate adj.pure adj.sheer adj.straight adj.unadulterated adj.uncorrupt adj.uncorrupted adj.undefiled adj. adv.chastely adv.immaculately adv.purely adv. -
109 être
1. vêtre aux abois — см. aux abois
être à l'abri — см. à l'abri
être aux aguets — см. aux aguets
être en arrêt devant... — см. tomber en arrêt devant...
être baba — см. demeurer baba
être du balai — см. faire balai
être en commerce avec... — см. avoir commerce avec...
être jusqu'au cou dans... — см. jusqu'au cou dans...
être sous la coupe de... — см. sous la coupe de...
être au courant — см. au courant
être dans la croyance que... — см. avoir la croyance que...
être en dèche — см. battre la dèche
être en désordre — см. en désordre
être l'eau — см. ne pas valoir cher
être sans écho — см. sans écho
être face à face — см. face à face
être aux gages — см. aux gages
être en goguette — см. en goguette
être d'hier — см. dater d'hier
être en bonne intelligence avec... — см. en bonne intelligence avec...
être la joie de... — см. faire la joie de...
être en nage — см. en nage
être de nature à... — см. être de nature à
être à la nonne — см. faire nonne
être sous l'œil — см. sous l'œil
être sur orbite — см. sur orbite
être à la page — см. à la page
être au pair — см. au pair
être en panne — см. rester en panne
être au piquet — см. au piquet
être sur le point de... — см. sur le point de...
être sur le pont — см. sur le pont
être de quart — см. faire le quart
être en quête — см. en quête
être au sac — см. avoir le sac
être en serre — см. faire le serre
être pris de taf — см. avoir le taf
être en taule — см. en taule
être dans son tort — см. avoir tort
être en train de... — см. être en retard d'un train
être à la voie — см. avoir la voie
être sous voiles — см. faire voile
- être à- l'être- en être- y être- être là- c'en est- c'est à- il l'est- être bon- et fier de l'être- être gai- être là- être mal- être mûr- être off- être OK- être paf- être soi2. m -
110 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
111 casi
adv.1 almost.casi me muero I almost o nearly diedno comió casi nada she ate almost o practically nothingcasi no dormí I hardly slept at allcasi, casi almost, just aboutcasi nunca hardly ever¿qué te pasa? — ¡casi nada! que me ha dejado mi mujer what's up? — my wife only went and left melo venden por tres millones -- ¡casi nada! they're selling it for three million - what a snip!casi siempre almost o nearly always2 approximately, well-nigh, roughly.* * *► adverbio1 almost, nearly\casi, casi familiar just about¡casi nada! familiar peanuts!■ le tocaron 5 millones, ¡casi nada! he won 5 million, peanuts!casi no hardlycasi nunca hardly ever* * *adv.1) almost, nearly* * *ADV1) (=indicando aproximación) almost, nearlyestá casi terminado — it's almost o nearly finished
son ya casi las tres — it's almost o nearly three o'clock
¡huy!, casi me caigo — oops! I almost o nearly fell over
nada ha cambiado en los casi dos años transcurridos — nothing has changed in what is almost two years
despidieron a la casi totalidad de la plantilla — they sacked virtually o practically the entire staff
estaba congelado, o casi — it was frozen, or very near it
ocurre lo mismo en casi todos los países — the same thing happens in virtually o practically all countries
-¿habéis terminado? -casi, casi — "have you finished?" - "just about o very nearly"
no sabemos casi nada de lo que está ocurriendo — we know almost o virtually nothing about what's going on, we know hardly anything about what's going on
100 dólares..., ¡casi nada! — iró 100 dollars, a mere trifle!
•
casi nunca — hardly ever, almost never2) [indicando indecisión] almostCASI Las dos traducciones principales de casi en inglés son almost y nearly: Estoy casi lista I'm almost o nearly ready Eran casi las cuatro cuando sonó el teléfono It was almost o nearly four o'clock when the telephone rang Nos vemos casi todos los días We meet almost o nearly every day ► Cuando almost y nearly acompañan a un verbo, se colocan detrás de este si se trata de un verbo auxiliar o modal y delante en el caso de los demás verbos: Casi me rompo la muñeca I almost o nearly broke my wrist Mi hijo ya casi habla My son can almost o nearly talk Sin embargo, hay algunos casos en los que no podemos utilizar nearly: ► delante de adverbios que terminan en -ly "¿Qué estáis haciendo aquí?" nos preguntó casi con enfado "What are you doing here?" he asked almost angrily ► delante de like: Se comporta casi como un niño He behaves almost like a child ► acompañando a adjetivos o sustantivos que, normalmente, no pueden ser modificados: El mono tenía una expresión casi humana The monkey had an almost human expression Me pareció casi un alivio I found it almost a relief ► delante de palabras de sentido negativo, como never, no, none, no-one, nothing y nowhere; en estos casos, muchas veces se traduce también por practically: No dijo casi nada She said almost o practically nothing No había casi nadie en la fiesta There was almost o practically no-one at the party En estos casos también se puede usar la construcción hardly + ever/ any/ anything {etc}: No dijo casi nada She said hardly anything No había casi nadie en la fiesta There was hardly anyone at the party Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entradano sé, casi prefiero no ir — I don't know, I think I'd rather not go
* * *1)a) ( cerca de) almost, nearlyes casi imposible — it's virtually o almost impossible
b) (delante del n) (frml)2) ( en frases negativas)¿pudiste dormir? - casi nada — did you manage to sleep? - hardly at all
¿200? casi nada! — (iró) $200? is that all? (iro)
yo casi te diría que lo vendas — I'd be inclined to say, sell it
* * *= almost, nearly, virtually, something of, barely, well-nigh, pretty well, by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, just about.Ex. Documents rarely exactly match a user's requirements because information can be packaged in almost as many different ways as there are participants in a subject area.Ex. Today, BLCMP offers services to nearly fifty member libraries including public libraries, university libraries polytechnic libraries and others.Ex. Virtually all software packages offer the purchaser the opportunity to evolve a record format which suits a specific application.Ex. Shannon's approach proved something of a dead end.Ex. There are fewer women library directors now than in 1964, and in all types of employment women earn barely more than half the earnings of men.Ex. This report seems to have raised more questions than it has answered, particularly in the area of ILL costs and charges, where controversy rages and agreement between the various types of library appears well-nigh impossible to reach.Ex. Ozon's novel falls flat because the plot is not only foreseeable pretty well every step of the way but, at its weakest, slumps into novelettish cliche.Ex. The middle class holds on by the skin of its teeth, saved from a real downward slide only by record increases in the number of dual-income families.Ex. Immorality and general disrespect for our fellow beings is just about the norm in this day and age.----* algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.* casi analfabeto = near-illiterate.* casi aritmético = quasi-arithmetical.* casi ausencia = quasi-absence.* casi conseguir = come close to + Gerundio.* casi contemporáneo = near-contemporary.* casi cualquier = almost any.* casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.* casi de auxiliar administrativo = quasi-clerical.* casi + desmayarse = nearly + faint.* casi de todo = just about everything.* casi fanático = near-frantic.* casi fatal = near-fatal.* casi + Fecha = for the best part of + Fecha, for the better part of + Fecha.* casi histérico = highly-strung, high-strung.* casi inaceptable = borderline.* casi indiscutiblemente = arguably.* casi la perfección = near-perfection.* casi + morir = nearly + die.* casi mortal = near-fatal.* casi nada = next to nothing.* casi neutro = near-neutral.* casi siempre = almost invariably.* casi sinónimo = near synonym.* casi sin previo aviso = without much notice.* casi todo = everything but the kitchen sink, just about everything.* casi todos = almost any.* casi universal = quasi-universal.* casi + Verbo = all but + Verbo.* durante casi + Fecha = for the best part of + Fecha, for the better part of + Fecha.* durante casi todo el año = for the best part of the year.* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.* eso es casi todo = that's about it.* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.* pasar casi rozando = skim.* por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.* reproducción casi facsímil = quasi-facsimile.* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.* una oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.* * *1)a) ( cerca de) almost, nearlyes casi imposible — it's virtually o almost impossible
b) (delante del n) (frml)2) ( en frases negativas)¿pudiste dormir? - casi nada — did you manage to sleep? - hardly at all
¿200? casi nada! — (iró) $200? is that all? (iro)
yo casi te diría que lo vendas — I'd be inclined to say, sell it
* * *= almost, nearly, virtually, something of, barely, well-nigh, pretty well, by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, just about.Ex: Documents rarely exactly match a user's requirements because information can be packaged in almost as many different ways as there are participants in a subject area.
Ex: Today, BLCMP offers services to nearly fifty member libraries including public libraries, university libraries polytechnic libraries and others.Ex: Virtually all software packages offer the purchaser the opportunity to evolve a record format which suits a specific application.Ex: Shannon's approach proved something of a dead end.Ex: There are fewer women library directors now than in 1964, and in all types of employment women earn barely more than half the earnings of men.Ex: This report seems to have raised more questions than it has answered, particularly in the area of ILL costs and charges, where controversy rages and agreement between the various types of library appears well-nigh impossible to reach.Ex: Ozon's novel falls flat because the plot is not only foreseeable pretty well every step of the way but, at its weakest, slumps into novelettish cliche.Ex: The middle class holds on by the skin of its teeth, saved from a real downward slide only by record increases in the number of dual-income families.Ex: Immorality and general disrespect for our fellow beings is just about the norm in this day and age.* algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.* casi analfabeto = near-illiterate.* casi aritmético = quasi-arithmetical.* casi ausencia = quasi-absence.* casi conseguir = come close to + Gerundio.* casi contemporáneo = near-contemporary.* casi cualquier = almost any.* casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.* casi de auxiliar administrativo = quasi-clerical.* casi + desmayarse = nearly + faint.* casi de todo = just about everything.* casi fanático = near-frantic.* casi fatal = near-fatal.* casi + Fecha = for the best part of + Fecha, for the better part of + Fecha.* casi histérico = highly-strung, high-strung.* casi inaceptable = borderline.* casi indiscutiblemente = arguably.* casi la perfección = near-perfection.* casi + morir = nearly + die.* casi mortal = near-fatal.* casi nada = next to nothing.* casi neutro = near-neutral.* casi siempre = almost invariably.* casi sinónimo = near synonym.* casi sin previo aviso = without much notice.* casi todo = everything but the kitchen sink, just about everything.* casi todos = almost any.* casi universal = quasi-universal.* casi + Verbo = all but + Verbo.* durante casi + Fecha = for the best part of + Fecha, for the better part of + Fecha.* durante casi todo el año = for the best part of the year.* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.* eso es casi todo = that's about it.* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.* pasar casi rozando = skim.* por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.* reproducción casi facsímil = quasi-facsimile.* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.* una oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.* * *A1 (cerca de) almost, nearlycuesta casi el doble it costs almost o nearly twice as muchya eran casi las tres it was almost o nearly three o'clockes casi imposible it's virtually o practically o almost impossiblecasi todos son latinoamericanos nearly o almost all of them are Latin American¡uy! casi me caigo whoops! I nearly fell overde casi no se muere nadie a miss is as good as a mile2 ( delante del n) ( frml):la casi totalidad de la población almost the entire populationlos casi tres millones de habitantes del país the country's almost three million inhabitantsB(en frases negativas): ya casi no tiene fiebre she hardly has a temperature nowcasi no se le oía you could hardly hear himeso no sucede casi nunca that hardly ever happensno nos queda casi nada de pan there's hardly any bread left, there's almost no bread left¿pudiste dormir? — casi nada did you manage to sleep? — hardly at allno había casi nadie there was hardly anyone there, there was almost nobody thereme sentía tan mal que casi no vengo I felt so bad I almost didn't comesin (el) casi: es casi indecente — sin casi it's almost indecent — almost, no, it is indecentC(expresando una opinión tentativa): yo casi te diría que lo vendas I'd be inclined to say, sell it o I think I'd advise you to sell itcasi sería mejor hablar con él antes maybe it would be better to speak to him first* * *
casi adverbio
1 ( cerca de) almost, nearly;
2 ( en frases negativas):
casi nunca hardly ever;
no nos queda casi nada de pan there's hardly any bread left;
¿pudiste dormir? — casi nada did you manage to sleep? — hardly at all;
casi no vengo I almost didn't come
3 ( expresando una opinión tentativa):
casi adverbio almost, nearly: casi me lo compro, I nearly bought it
casi no se oye, it can hardly be heard
familiar casi, casi, just about
casi cien personas, almost a hundred people
casi nadie, hardly anyone
casi nunca, hardly ever
casi siempre, almost always
casi todos, almost all
' casi' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alquilar
- apenas
- caerse
- cerca
- ir
- gasto
- gay
- inapreciable
- nada
- nadie
- normalmente
- nunca
- respiración
- tener
- acabar
- alcanzar
- calentar
- dormir
- durante
- golpe
- matar
- medir
- mero
- palmo
- sombra
English:
about
- absent
- absorb
- all
- almost
- anything
- barely
- best
- clear
- close
- die
- esquire
- ever
- excel
- fray
- frizzy
- good
- hardly
- narrowly
- nearly
- next
- o'clock
- obtain
- perfect
- practically
- queer
- sloppy
- tall
- tantamount
- by
- certainly
- cripple
- face
- fairly
- fit
- most
- muffle
- near
- near-
- nil
- nine
- one
- out
- reasonably
- skim
- time
- virtually
* * *casi adv1. [faltando poco] almost;casi me muero I almost o nearly died;casi me caigo I almost o nearly fell;casi no dormí I hardly slept at all;el casi millón de refugiados the refugees, who number almost a million;no llegamos hasta la cumbre pero casi, casi we didn't quite get to the top, but almost;no comió casi nada she hardly ate anything;casi nunca hardly ever;casi siempre almost o nearly always;está casi olvidado – sin el casi it's all but forgotten – leave out the “all but”2. [expresando indecisión]casi me voy a quedar con el rojo I think I'll probably go for the red one;casi casi preferiría dormir en un albergue que en una pensión I'd almost prefer to sleep in a youth hostel rather than a guesthouse3. CompIrónicocasi nada: ¿qué te pasa? – ¡casi nada! que me ha dejado mi mujer what's up? – my wife's only gone and left me, that's all!;lo venden por 3 millones – ¡casi nada! they're selling it for 3 million – what a bargain o Br snip!* * *adv almost, nearly; en frases negativas hardly* * *casi adv1) : almost, nearly, virtuallycasi nunca: hardly ever* * *casi adv1. (en general) nearly / almost2. (apenas) hardly -
112 nothing
{'nʌθiŋ}
I. 1. нищо
NOTHING else than/ (else) but нищо друго освен, само, чисто и просто
NOTHING if not преди всичко, извънредно, крайно
NOTHING special/разг. very much нищо особено
NOTHING less than ни повече, ни помалко от, направо, не друго, а, чисто и просто
NOTHING short of едва ли не, почти
for NOTHING напразно, залудо, безполза, безплатно, безвъзмездно
NOTHING of value нищо ценно
NOTHING of the kind нищо подобно
all to NOTHING всичко напразно
apropos of NOTHING без никакъв повод, без всякаква връзка
there is NOTHING for it but to не остава нищо друго, освен да
to have NOTHING for it but to не ми остава нищо друго/нямам друг избор, освен да
NOTHING to, as NOTHING compared with/to нищо в сравнение с/пред
to have NOTHING to do нямам какво да правя
to be/mean NOTHING to someone не представлявам интерес за някого
that is NOTHING to това не засяга/вълнува (някого), това не може да се сравни с
NOTHING doing разг. няма го майстора, тая няма да я бъде
to be for NOTHING нямам никакво значение
не играя никаква роля (in)
to come to NOTHING не постигам целта си, нямам никакъв успех, пропадам, провалям се
no NOTHING след отр., шег., разг. ни, нищо
he has no house, no home, no NOTHING той няма ни къща, ни дом, ни нищичко
2. нищожество, дреболия
more NOTHING дребна работа
the little NOTHINGs of life дребните неща в живота
3. небитие
4. мат. нула
to be NOTHING безверник/атеист съм
II. adv никак, съвсем/далеч не, ни най-малко
NOTHING like so/as good далеч/съвсем не толкова добър
the house is NOTHING near as large as I expected къщата съвсем не e толкова голяма, колкото очаквах* * *{'n^din} n 1. нищо; nothing else than/(else) but нищо друго освен; (2) {'n^din} adv никак, съвсем/далеч не, ни най-малко; nothing like* * *дреболии; небитие; нищожество; нула; нищо; никак;* * *1. all to nothing всичко напразно 2. apropos of nothing без никакъв повод, без всякаква връзка 3. for nothing напразно, залудо, безполза, безплатно, безвъзмездно 4. he has no house, no home, no nothing той няма ни къща, ни дом, ни нищичко 5. i. нищо 6. ii. adv никак, съвсем/далеч не, ни най-малко 7. more nothing дребна работа 8. no nothing след отр., шег., разг. ни, нищо 9. nothing doing разг. няма го майстора, тая няма да я бъде 10. nothing else than/ (else) but нищо друго освен, само, чисто и просто 11. nothing if not преди всичко, извънредно, крайно 12. nothing less than ни повече, ни помалко от, направо, не друго, а, чисто и просто 13. nothing like so/as good далеч/съвсем не толкова добър 14. nothing of the kind нищо подобно 15. nothing of value нищо ценно 16. nothing short of едва ли не, почти 17. nothing special/разг. very much нищо особено 18. nothing to, as nothing compared with/to нищо в сравнение с/пред 19. that is nothing to това не засяга/вълнува (някого), това не може да се сравни с 20. the house is nothing near as large as i expected къщата съвсем не e толкова голяма, колкото очаквах 21. the little nothings of life дребните неща в живота 22. there is nothing for it but to не остава нищо друго, освен да 23. to be for nothing нямам никакво значение 24. to be nothing безверник/атеист съм 25. to be/mean nothing to someone не представлявам интерес за някого 26. to come to nothing не постигам целта си, нямам никакъв успех, пропадам, провалям се 27. to have nothing for it but to не ми остава нищо друго/нямам друг избор, освен да 28. to have nothing to do нямам какво да правя 29. мат. нула 30. не играя никаква роля (in) 31. небитие 32. нищожество, дреболия* * *nothing[´nɔuiʃ] I. pron нищо;
othing but ( else than) нищо друго, освен; чисто и просто; it ( that) is
othing това е дреболия; there is
othing for it but не остава нищо друго освен;
othing if not преди всичко, крайно, извънредно, необикновено;
othing is the matter нищо не се е случило, нищо не е станало; he is
othing if not sincere и той, ако не е искрен, не знам кой друг е;
othing to, as
othing compared with (to) нищо в сравнение с (пред);
othing near so съвсем не, значително;
othing of value нищо ценно;
othing of the kind нищо подобно;
othing short of също толкова добро (или лошо) като; ни повече, ни по-малко;
othing less than чисто и просто; направо;
othing doing разг. няма го майстора, няма какво да се прави;
othing to make a song about не заслужава внимание, нищо особено; all to
othing всичко напразно (на вятъра); apropos of
othing без никакъв повод, изведнъж, внезапно; for
othing напразно, залудо, без полза, току-така; без никаква причина, неизвестно защо; безплатно, безвъзмездно, даром; to be for
othing нямам никакво значение, не играя никаква роля (in); to fade away to
othing изчезвам постепенно; the conversation dropped to
othing разговорът замря; next to
othing почти нищо; to beat to
othing слагам в джоба си, удрям о́ земята, превъзхождам; to come to
othing не постигам целта си, нямам никакъв успех, пропадам; to stop at
othing не се спирам пред нищо, безпощаден съм, жесток съм; to dance upon
othing ост. бивам обесен, намазвам въжето; to have
othing for it but не ми остава нищо друго освен; to have
othing on ам. нямам никакво предимство пред; to have
othing to do with нямам нищо общо с; to have
othing to show for it не постигам никакъв резултат; to leave
othing to chance не разчитам на случайност, премислям (обмислям) всичко; to make
othing of не се възползвам от, не използвам, не разбирам никак; не виждам никакъв смисъл в; смятам за дребна работа, не обръщам внимание (не отдавам значение) на; смятам за нещо обикновено, за мене не е нищо да (с ger); to rise from
othing почвам от нищо; he has
othing in him той не представлява (не е) нищо особено, посредствен (безличен) е; there's
othing in it в това няма нищо вярно, това не отговаря на действителността; това няма никакво значение, не представлява никакъв интерес; шансовете са еднакви (за двама конкуренти); that's
othing to you това не е твоя работа, не те засяга (вълнува);
othing ventured
othing gained който рискува, (той) печели; to think
othing of не се колебая, действам решително; no
othing (след отриц.) шег., разг. ни нищо; he has no house, no car, no
othing той няма ни къща, ни кола, ни нищо; to be
othing не изповядвам никаква вяра, атеист съм; to be
othing of не съм никакъв; like
othing on earth на нищо не прилича, отвратително, ужасно; in
othing flat моментално, веднага;
othing is stolen without hands щом има кражба, има и крадец;
othing succeeds like success успехът води след себе си нови успехи; II. n 1. нищожество, дреболия; a mere
othing дребна работа; the little
othings of life дребните неща в живота; sweet ( soft)
othing s комплименти, любезности; thank you for
othing! ирон. много ти благодаря! (за отказана помощ); 2. небитие; 3. мат. нула; III. adv никак, съвсем не, ни най-малко;
othing less than нищо друго освен; чисто и просто;
othing like нищо в сравнение с, нищо по-хубаво от; съвсем не;
othing near so съвсем не, далеч не толкова. -
113 faire
faire [fεʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 60━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque faire est suivi d'un nom dans une locution comme faire une faute, se faire des idées, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque faire est utilisé pour parler d'une activité non précisée, ou qu'il remplace un verbe plus spécifique, il se traduit par to do. Lorsque faire veut dire créer, préparer, fabriquer, il se traduit souvent par to make.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• que fais-tu ce soir ? what are you doing tonight?• que voulez-vous qu'on y fasse ? what can be done about it?• faire 100 km/h to do 100km/h• je n'en ferai rien ! I'll do nothing of the sort!► faire de ( = utiliser) to do with• qu'avez-vous fait de votre sac ? what have you done with your bag?► ne faire quec. ( = créer, préparer, fabriquer) to maked. ( = constituer) c'est ce qui fait tout son charme that's what makes him so charming• faire du piano/du violon to play the piano/the violing. (Medicine) [+ diabète, attaque] to haveh. ( = chercher dans) il a fait toute la ville pour en trouver he's been all over town looking for somei. ( = vendre) nous ne faisons pas cette marque we don't stock that make• je vous le fais à 700 € I'll let you have it for 700 eurosj. ( = mesurer, peser, coûter) to be• combien fait cette chaise ? how much is this chair?• ça fait 130 € that's 130 euros• cela fait combien en tout ? how much is that altogether?k. ( = agir sur, importer) ils ne peuvent rien me faire they can't do anything to me• on ne me la fait pas à moi ! (inf) I wasn't born yesterday!• qu'est-ce que cela peut bien te faire ? what's it to you?• cela ne vous ferait rien de sortir ? would you mind leaving the room?• ne fais pas l'enfant/l'idiot don't be so childish/so stupid• tu fais l'arbitre ? will you be referee?• quel imbécile je fais ! what a fool I am!n. ( = dire) to say• « vraiment ? » fit-il "really?" he saido. (Grammar) « canal » fait »canaux » au pluriel the plural of "canal" is "canaux"2. <• as-tu payé la note ? -- non, c'est lui qui l'a fait did you pay the bill? -- no, he did• puis-je téléphoner ? -- faites, je vous en prie could I use the phone? -- yes, of courseb. ( = agir) faire vite to act quickly• faites vite ! be quick!c. ( = paraître) to look3. <► il fait━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► cela or ça fait... que• cela fait très longtemps que je ne l'ai pas vu I haven't seen him for a very long time it's a long time since I saw him• ça fait que... that means...4. <a. ( = pousser à) to make• faire faire qch par qn to get sth made (or done) by sb• faire faire qch à qn to get sb to do (or to make) sth ; (en le forçant) to make sb do (or make) sthc. ( = laisser) faire entrer qn (qn que l'on attendait) to let sb in ; (qn que l'on n'attendait pas) to ask sb in5. <► se fairea. (pour soi)b. ( = être fait) si ça doit se faire, ça se fera sans moi if it's going to happen, it'll happen without mec. ( = être convenable, courant) ça se fait d'offrir des fleurs à un homme ? is it OK to give flowers to a man?d. (locutions)• se faire beau to make o.s. look nice• sa voix se fit plus douce his voice became softer► se faire + infinitif• faut se le faire ! (inf!) he's a real pain in the neck! (inf)► se faire à ( = s'habituer à) to get used to• il ne s'en fait pas ! he's got a nerve!► il se fait que• comment se fait-il qu'il soit absent ? how come he's not here? (inf)* * *fɛʀ
1.
1) ( produire) to make2) ( façonner) to shape [histoire, période]3) ( étudier) to do [licence, sujet]faire du violon — to study ou play the violin
4) ( préparer) to make [soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]5) ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures]7) ( cultiver)faire des céréales — [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals
8) ( se fournir en)faire de l'eau — Nautisme, Chemin de Fer to take on water
faire (de) l'essence — (colloq) Automobile to get petrol GB ou gas US
9) ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do (colloq) [région, musées]10) ( souffrir de) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]11) ( demander un prix)faire quelque chose à 30 francs — to sell something for 30 francs, to charge 30 francs for something
12) ( servir de) to serve as13) (user, disposer de) to doje n'en ai rien à faire — (colloq) I couldn't care less
14) ( avoir un effet)que veux-tu que j'y fasse? — what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?
ça y fait — (colloq) it has an effect
pour ce que ça fait! — (colloq) for all the good it does!
qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? — (colloq) what is it to you?
15) (entraîner, causer)l'explosion a fait 12 morts — the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead
ça ne fait rien! — ( pas grave) it doesn't matter!
ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié — (colloq) as a result I forgot
16) ( transformer) to makefaire d'un garage un atelier — to make ou turn a garage into a workshop
17) ( proclamer)18) ( imiter)19) ( tenir le rôle de) to be20) ( dans un souhait)mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! — God, please let him succeed!
21) (colloq) ( tromper)22) ( dire) to say‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle — ‘of course,’ she said
le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ — the duck says ou goes ‘quack’
2.
verbe intransitif1) ( agir) to do, to actvas-y, mais fais vite! — go, but be quick about it!
fais comme chez toi — lit, iron make yourself at home
2) ( paraître) to look3) (colloq) ( être) to be4) ( durer) to last5) ( valoir)6) ( pour les besoins naturels) to go7) (colloq)faire avec — ( se contenter de) to make do with; ( supporter) to put up with
3.
se faire verbe pronominal1)combien se fait-il (colloq) par mois? — how much does he make a month?
2) ( devenir) to get, to become3) ( se rendre)4) ( s'inquiéter)il ne s'en fait pas! — ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!
5) ( s'habituer)se faire à — to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]
6) ( être d'usage)7) ( être à la mode) to be in (fashion)ça ne se fait plus — it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion
8) ( être produit)9) ( emploi impersonnel)comment se fait-il que...? — how is it that...?
10) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature11) (colloq)il faut se le faire, son copain! — his/her mate is a real pain! (colloq)
12) ( avec infinitif)
••
Un très grand nombre de tournures et locutions contenant ce verbe sont traitées ailleurs, généralement sous le terme qui suit faire, en particulier- les expressions décrivant les tâches domestiques, agricoles (faire la cuisine/moisson), les occupations manuelles (faire du tricot/bricolage), les activités professionnelles ou de loisir (faire du théâtre/de la photo), les types d'études ( faire médecine). Pour ce qui est des jeux, sports et loisirs, voir également la note d'usage correspondante- les locutions décrivant un mouvement, l'expression, un comportement (faire un geste/une grimace/le pitre)- les expressions dans lesquelles faire signifie ‘formuler’ (faire une promesse/offre etc)- les expressions décrivant la qualité de la lumière (il fait jour/sombre) ou l'état du temps- les expressions contenant une mesure (faire 20 mètres de long/15 kilos/20°/15 kilomètres à l'heure etc) pour lesquelles on consultera les notes d'usage- les expressions décrivant une démarche de l'esprit (se faire une opinion/du souci etc)- les expressions indiquant l'effet produit (faire peur/mal/plaisir/du tort etc, faire cuire/sécher/tomber etc)- les locutions telles que faire semblant/exprès, se faire avoir etc- une activité sportive (faire du tennis/de la marche/du parapente)la consultation des notes d'usage vous fournira des traductions utiles. Voir la listeEn outre, certaines entrées telles que combien, ce, que, comment, laisser, rien, mieux, bien etc fourniront également des traductions utilesTo make ou to do?Les principales traductions de faire sont to make et to do mais elles ne sont pas interchangeablesto make traduit faire + objet dénotant ce qui est créé, confectionné, composé, réalisé, obtenu; l'objet est le résultat de l'action: faire son lit/des confitures = to make one's bed/jam; faire un discours/une faute/un bénéfice = to make a speech/a mistake/a profit; je me suis fait un café = I made myself a coffeeto do a le sens plus vague de se livrer à une activité, s'occuper à quelque chose; l'objet peut préciser la nature de l'activité: faire de la recherche/un exercice/une réparation = to do research/an exercise/a repair job; faire son devoir = to do one's dutyou bien la nature de l'activité reste indéterminée: que fait-il (dans la vie)? = what does he do in life?; qu'est-ce que tu fais ce soir? = what are you doing tonight?; la science peut tout faire = science can do anything; j'ai à faire = I have things to doou encore le contexte suggère la nature de l'activité: faire une pièce = to do a room, peut vouloir dire la nettoyer, la ranger, la peindreSi faire remplace un verbe plus précis, on traduira fréquemment par celui-ci: faire une maison/un nid = to build a house/a nest; faire une lettre = to write a letter; faire une visite = to pay a visit; faire un numéro de téléphone = to dial a numberLes périphrases verbales sont parfois rendues par un seul verbe: faire voir (= montrer) = to show; faire du tissage (= tisser) = to weave, mais faire un peu de tissage = to do a bit of weavingFaire + infinitif + quelqu'unfaire + infinitive + quelqu'un, c'est-à-dire obtenir de quelqu'un qu'il agisse d'une certaine manière, se traduit selon le sens de faire, par: to make somebody do something (forcer, être cause que): fais-la lever = make her get up; ça m'a fait rire = it made me laugh; ça fait dormir = it makes you sleep; par to get somebody to do something (inciter): fais-leur prendre un rendez-vous = get them to make an appointment; par to help somebody to do something (aider): faire traverser la rue à un vieillard = to help an old man across the street; mais faire manger un bébé = to feed a child. Dans l'exemple ça fait dormir on notera qu'en anglais le sujet du verbe est toujours exprimé, ce qui n'est pas le cas en français(se) faire faire quelque chose (par quelqu'un) se traduit par to have something done ou made (by somebody), ou, dans une langue plus familière, to get something done ou made (by somebody): (se) faire construire une maison = to have a house built; faire réparer sa voiture = to have ou get one's car repaired; c'est la table qu'il a fait faire = it's the table he had made; elle fait exécuter les travaux par un ami = she's having the work done by a friendexprime soit la continuité: il ne fait que pleuvoir = it never stops raining, it rains all the timesoit la restriction: je ne fais qu'obéir aux ordres = I'm only obeying ordersDans ce cas il sera généralement traduit par to do: ‘je peux regarder? ’ - ‘faites ou faites je vous en prie ’ = ‘may I look?’ - ‘please do’; il souffla, comme il avait vu faire son père = he blew, as he had seen his father do; on veut que je parte, mais je n'en ferai rien = they want me to leave, but I'll do nothing of the sort* * *fɛʀ1. vt1) (= fabriquer) to makeIls font trop de bruit. — They're making too much noise.
2) (= effectuer) to dofaire la vaisselle — to do the dishes, to do the washing up
3) [études, sujet] to doIl fait de l'italien. — He's doing Italian.
4) (pratiquer régulièrement) [musique, rugby] to playIl fait du piano. — He plays the piano.
6) (= visiter)faire l'Europe — to tour Europe, to do Europe
7) (= imiter)8) (= mesurer, totaliser) to be, to make2 et 2 font 4. — 2 and 2 are 4., 2 and 2 make 4.
Ça fait 10 m. — It's 10 m.
Ça fait 15 euros. — It's 15 euros.
Ça fait cinquante-trois euros en tout. — That's fifty-three euros all together., That makes fifty-three euros all together.
Je vous le fais 10 euros. — I'll let you have it for 10 euros.
9) (= dire) to go"Vraiment?" fit-il. — "Really?" he goes.
10) (= souffrir de) [diabète, eczéma] to haveIl regrettait ce qu'il avait fait à son frère. — He was sorry for what he had done to his brother.
faire que (= impliquer que) — to mean that
ce qui fait que... — which means that...
ne faire que (= ne pas arrêter de) Il ne fait que critiquer. — All he ever does is criticize.
2. vi1) (= agir) to actIl faut faire vite. — We must act quickly., It's important to act quickly.
2) (= s'y prendre)comment a-t-il fait pour...? — how did he manage to...?
3) (= paraître) (avec adjectif) to lookTu fais jeune dans cette robe. — That dress makes you look younger.
4) (remplaçant autre verbe) to doNe le casse pas comme je l'ai fait. — Don't break it like I did.
Remets-le en place. - Je viens de le faire. — Put it back in its place.- I just did.
3. vb aux(suivi d'un infinitif) to makefaire tomber qch — to make sth fall, to knock sth over
Le chat a fait tomber le vase. — The cat knocked over the vase.
faire travailler les enfants — to make the children work, to get the children to work
faire réparer qch — to get sth repaired, to have sth repaired
Je dois faire réparer ma voiture. — I've got to get my car repaired.
Elle fait faire des travaux dans sa maison. — She's having some work done on her house.
Il a fait faire son portrait. — He's had his portrait done.
Cela fait faire des économies au consommateur. — This saves the consumer money.
4. vb impers (temps)to beEspérons qu'il fera beau demain. — Let's hope it'll be nice weather tomorrow.
1) (durée)ça fait trois ans qu'ils habitent à Paris — they've lived in Paris for three years, they've been living in Paris for three years
il fait bon; Il fait bon se promener dans cette région. — It's nice to go walking in this area.
Il ne fait pas bon traîner ici le soir. — It's not a good idea to hang around here at night.
* * *faire ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: faireA vtr1 (donner, émettre, produire) to make; le raisin fera un vin excellent the grapes will make ou produce (an) excellent wine; cet arbre fait des fleurs/baies this tree produces flowers/berries; le garage ferait une belle pièce the garage would make a nice room; ils font un beau couple they make a handsome couple; il fera un bon médecin he'll make a good doctor; les qualités qui font un champion the qualities which make a champion; trois et deux font cinq three and two make five; ça fait deux chacun that makes two each; combien font 13 fois 13? what's 13 times 13?; œil fait yeux au pluriel œil is yeux in the plural;2 fig ( façonner) to shape [période]; les événements qui font l'histoire events which shape history;3 ( étudier) to do [licence, diplôme]; on a fait la Chine en géographie we did China in geography; faire du violon to study ou play the violin; tu as fait ton piano? have you practised your piano?; faire une école de commerce/les Beaux-Arts to go to business school/art college;4 ( préparer) to make [sauce, soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]; faire du poulet to do ou cook a chicken; qu'est-ce que je fais pour le déjeuner? what shall I cook ou prepare for lunch?;6 ( proposer) Comm to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]; ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner/les réparations they don't do breakfast/repairs; je fais beaucoup ce modèle en ce moment I'm selling a lot of this particular model at the moment; l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? does the hotel do meals, does the hotel have a restaurant?;7 (cultiver, produire) Agric faire des céréales [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals;8 ( se fournir en) faire de l'eau Naut, Rail to take on water; faire (de) l'essence○ Aut to get petrol GB ou gas US; faire du bois dans la forêt to gather wood in the forest; faire de l'herbe pour les bêtes to cut grass for the animals;9 ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do○ [région, ville, musées]; faire 200 kilomètres to do 200 kilometresGB; faire Rome-Nice en avion to do the Rome-Nice journey by plane; représentant qui fait○ la région parisienne rep○ who does the Paris area; j'ai dû faire toute la ville/toutes les boutiques pour trouver ça I had to go all over town/round GB ou around US all the shops to find this; faire la vallée de la Loire to do○ the Loire Valley; faire l'Écosse to visit Scotland; j'ai fait tous les tiroirs mais je ne l'ai pas trouvé I went through all the drawers but I couldn't find it;10 ( dans le domaine de la santé) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]; faire une crise cardiaque to have a heart attack; faire de la fièvre○ to have ou run a temperature; faire de l'angine de poitrine to get angina; elle m'a encore fait une otite○! she's had another ear-infection!;11 ( demander un prix) faire qch à 30 euros to sell sth for 30 euros, to charge 30 euros for sth; il me l'a fait à 500 euros he charged me ou sold it to me for 500 euros;12 ( servir de) to serve as; ce coin fera bureau this corner will serve as a study;13 (user, disposer de) to do; que vais-je faire des bagages/enfants? what am I going to do with the luggage/children?; qu'as-tu fait du billet? what have you done with the ticket?; pour ce qu'elle en fait! for all she does with it/them!; pour quoi faire? what for?; je n'ai que faire de I have no need for; je n'en ai rien à faire it's nothing to do with me;14 ( avoir un effet) faire plus de mal que de bien to do more harm than good; qu'as-tu fait à ta sœur? what have you done to your sister?; que veux-tu que j'y fasse? what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?; le cachet ne m'a rien fait the tablet didn't do anything, the tablet had no effect; ça y fait it has an effect; leur départ ne m'a rien fait their departure didn't affect me at all, their departure left me cold; ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état it upsets me to see her in that state; ça fait quelque chose pour la grippe? is it any good for flu?; pour ce que ça fait! for all the good it does!; ça ne vous fait rien que je fume? do you mind ou does it bother you if I smoke?; ça ne fait rien à la chose it doesn't alter ou change anything, it makes no difference; qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? what is it to you?;15 (entraîner, causer) faire des jaloux to make some people jealous; ça a fait leur fortune it made them rich; l'explosion a fait 12 morts the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead; ne t'inquiète pas, ça ne fait rien! don't worry, it doesn't matter!; ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié○ as a result I forgot; ‘qu'est-ce que j'ai fait?’-‘tu as fait que tu as menti○’ ‘what have I done?’-‘you lied, that's what you've done’; faites que tout se passe bien make sure that all goes well;16 ( transformer) to make; l'armée en a fait un homme the army made a man of him; ils veulent en faire un avocat they want to make a lawyer of him; elle en a fait sa confidente she's made her her confidante; ça a fait de lui un révolté it turned him into a rebel, it made him a rebel; j'en ai fait un principe I made it a principle; faire d'un garage un atelier to make ou turn a garage into a workshop; faire sien qch to make sth one's own;17 ( proclamer) faire qn duc/général to make sb a duke/general; la presse l'a fait diplomate ( à tort) the press made him out to be a diplomat; ne le fais pas pire qu'il n'est! don't make him out to be worse than he is!, don't paint him blacker than he is!;18 ( imiter) faire le malade/le courageux to pretend to be ill/brave; faire l'ignorant or celui qui ne sait rien to pretend not to know; faire le dictateur to act the dictator;19 ( tenir le rôle de) to be; quel plaisantin vous faites! what a joker you are!; vous ferez les voleurs! Jeux you be the robbers!; l'acteur qui fait le roi○ Cin, Théât the actor who plays the part of the king, the actor who is the king;20 ( dans un souhait) mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! God, please let him succeed!; Dieu or le ciel fasse qu'il ne leur arrive rien! may God ou Heaven protect them!;21 ○( tromper) il me l'a fait au baratin/chantage he talked/blackmailed me into it; on ne me la fait pas! I'm not a fool!, I wasn't born yesterday!B vi1 (agir, procéder) to do, to act; je n'ai pas pu faire autrement I couldn't do otherwise; fais comme tu veux do as you like; elle peut faire mieux she can do better; dans ces situations, il faut faire vite in that sort of situation, one must act quickly; vas-y, mais fais vite! go, but be quick about it!; fais comme chez toi lit, iron make yourself at home;2 ( paraître) to look; faire jeune/son âge to look young/one's age; ça fait bien avec du bleu it looks nice with blue; tes lunettes font très distingué your glasses make you look very distinguished; il croit que ça fait chic de dire ça he thinks it's chic to say that;3 ( être) to be; il veut faire pompier he wants to be a fireman;4 ( dire) to say; ‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle ‘of course,’ she said; le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ the duck says ou goes ‘quack’; faire plouf/aïe etc to go plop/ouch etc;5 ( durer) to last; sa robe lui a fait deux ans her dress lasted her two years;6 (+ adverbe de quantité) ça fait cher/grand/trop etc it is expensive/big/too much etc;7 ( pour les besoins naturels) to go; tu as fait? have you been?; faire dans sa culotte ( déféquer) to dirty one's pants; ( uriner) to wet one's pants; fig to wet oneself;8 ○ faire avec ( se contenter de) to make do with [personne, objet, quantité]; ( supporter) to put up with [personne, situation]; elle est là, et il faudra faire avec she's here, and we'll have to put up with her.C se faire vpr1 (confectionner, exécuter, obtenir pour soi) se faire un café to make oneself a coffee; se faire de l'argent/des amis to make money/friends; se faire ses vêtements to make one's own clothes; se faire la cuisine soi-même to do one's own cooking; combien se fait-il par mois? how much does he make a month? ; se faire un mec◑ to have◑ a man;2 ( devenir) (+ adjectif attribut) to get, to become; (+ nom attribut) to become; il se fait vieux he's getting old; il se fait tard it's getting late; sa voix se fit dure his/her voice hardened ou became hard; se faire avocat to become a lawyer;3 ( se rendre) se faire belle/tout petit to make oneself beautiful/very small;4 ( s'inquiéter) s'en faire to worry; il ne s'en fait pas! ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!;5 ( s'habituer) se faire à to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]; je ne m'y fais pas I can't get used to it;6 ( être d'usage) ça se fait encore ici it's still done here; ça ne se fait pas de manger avec les doigts it's not the done thing ou it's not polite to eat with one's fingers;7 ( être à la mode) [couleur, style] to be in (fashion); le tweed se fait beaucoup cette année tweed is very much in this year; ça ne se fait plus it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion;8 ( être produit ou accompli) c'est ce qui se fait de mieux it's the best there is; le mariage s'est fait à Paris the wedding took place in Paris; le pont se fera bien un jour the bridge will be built one day; souhaitons que la paix se fasse let's hope there'll be peace;9 ( emploi impersonnel) il se fit que it (so) happened that; il se fit un grand silence there was complete silence; il s'est fait un déclic dans mon esprit something clicked in my mind; il pourrait se faire que je parte I might leave; comment se fait-il que…? how is it that…?;10 ( mûrir) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature;11 ○( supporter) to put up with, to endure [importun]; il faut se le faire, son copain! his/her mate is a real pain○!;12 ( avec infinitif) se faire couler un bain to run oneself a bath; se faire comprendre to make oneself understood; se faire agresser to get mugged; tu vas te faire écraser! you'll get run over![fɛr] verbe transitifA.[FABRIQUER, RÉALISER]1. [confectionner - objet, vêtement] to make ; [ - construction] to build ; [ - tableau] to paint ; [ - film] to make ; [ - repas, café] to make, to prepare ; [ - gâteau, pain] to make, to bake ; [ - vin] to make ; [ - bière] to brew[concevoir - thèse, dissertation] to dogrand-mère est super — oui, on n'en fait plus des comme ça! (familier) grandma's great — yes, they broke the mould when they made her!2. [produire, vendre]faire du blé/de la vigne to grow wheat/grapesfaire une marque/un produit to stock a make/an articleje vous fais les deux à 350 euros (familier) you can have both for 350 euros, I'll take 350 euros for both3. [obtenir, gagner - bénéfices] to makefaire de l'argent to earn ou to make money4. [mettre au monde]5. PHYSIOLOGIEB.[ACCOMPLIR, EXÉCUTER]1. [effectuer - mouvement, signe] to make[saut périlleux, roue] to do2. [accomplir - choix, erreur, réforme, proposition] to make ; [ - inventaire] to do ; [ - discours] to deliver, to make, to give ; [ - conférence] to give ; [ - exercice] to do ; [ - recherches] to do, to carry out (separable) ; [ - enquête] to carry out (separable)on me l'a déjà faite, celle-là I know that one already[suivre les cours de]4. [pratiquer]faire de la flûte/du violon to play the flute/the violinfaire de l'équitation/de la natation/de la voile to go horseriding/swimming/sailingfaire du basket/du tennis to play basketball/tennis6. [dire] to sayil fit oui/non de la tête he nodded/he shook his head"non", fit-elle "no", she saidla vache fait "meuh!" the cow goes "moo!"8. [action non précisée] to dofaire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: qu'ai-je fait de mes clefs ? what have I done with ou where did I put my keys ?donne-le moi! — non, rien à faire! give it to me! — nothing doing ou no way!tu lui as parlé ? — oui, mais rien à faire, il ne cédera pas did you talk to him ? — yes, but it's no use, he won't give inje vais vous raccompagner — n'en faites rien! (soutenu) I'll take you back — there's really no need!j'apprécie peu sa façon de travailler mais il faut bien faire avec! I don't like the way he works but I suppose I'll just have to put up with it!autant que faire se peut if possible, as far as possiblemais bien sûr, tu n'as que faire de ma carrière! but of course, my career matters very little to you! ou you don't care about my career!C.[AVEC IDÉE DE DÉPLACEMENT]1. [se déplacer à la vitesse de]le train peut faire jusqu'à 400 km/h the train can do 400 km/h2. [couvrir - distance]le Concorde fait Paris-New York en moins de quatre heures Concorde goes ou flies from Paris to New York in less than fours hours[inspecter, passer au crible]a. [j'y suis allé] I did ou went to ou tried every hotel in townb. [j'ai téléphoné] I called ou did ou tried every hotel in townD.[AVEC IDÉE DE TRANSFORMATION]1. [nommer]elle l'a fait baron she gave him the title of Baron, she made him a baron2. [transformer en]faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: des rats, la fée fit des laquais the fairy changed the rats into footmengarde les restes, j'en ferai une soupe keep the leftovers, I'll make a soup with themc'était un tyran et votre livre en fait un héros! he was a tyrant, and your book shows ou presents him as a hero!3. [devenir]"cheval" fait "chevaux" au pluriel the plural of "cheval" is "chevaux"4. [servir de]une fois plié, le billard fait table the billiard table, when folded, can be used ou can serve as a normal table5. [remplir un rôle, une fonction]il fera un bon mari he'll make ou be a good husbandE.[INDIQUE UN RÉSULTAT]1. [provoquer]ça va faire une marque/une auréole it will leave a mark/a ringl'accident a fait cinq morts the accident left five dead ou claimed five livesfaire quelque chose à quelqu'un [l'émouvoir] to move somebody, to affect somebodyla vue du sang ne me fait rien I don't mind the sight of blood, the sight of blood doesn't bother mefaire que: la gravitation, force qui fait que les objets s'attirent gravitation, the force which causes objects to be attracted towards each other[pour exprimer un souhait]2. [importer]qu'est-ce que cela peut faire? what does it matter ?, so what?cela ne fait rien it doesn't matter, never mindF.[INDIQUE UNE QUALITÉ, UNE FORME, UNE MESURE]1. [former]on a dix euros, ça ne fait pas assez we've got ten euros, that's not enough4. [mesurer][taille, pointure][peser]je fais 56 kg I weigh ou am 56 kg5. [indique la durée, le temps]elle a téléphoné, cela fait bien une heure she phoned at least an hour agoG.[VERBE ATTRIBUTIF]1. [paraître]la broche fait bien ou joli ou jolie sur ta robe the brooch looks nice on your dresselle parle avec un léger accent, il paraît que ça fait bien! she talks with a slight accent, it's supposed to be smart!ça fait comment ou quoi de voir son nom sur une affiche? what's it like to see your name on a poster ?2. (familier) [devenir, embrasser la carrière de] to beH.[VERBE DE SUBSTITUTION] (toujours en rappel du verbe utilisé)vous le lui expliquerez mieux que je ne saurais le faire you'll explain it to her better than I couldtu lui écriras ? — oui, je le ferai will you write to him ? — yes I willpuis-je prendre cette chaise ? — (mais) faites donc! (soutenu) may I take this chair ? — please do ou by all means!————————[fɛr] verbe intransitif[agir] to dofais comme chez toi [à l'arrivée de quelqu'un] make yourself at homefais comme tu veux! [ton irrité] suit yourself!je le lui ai rendu — tu as bien fait! I gave it back to him — you did the right thing ou you did right!pourquoi l'as-tu acheté ? — je croyais bien faire! why did you buy it ? — I thought it was a good idea!tu ferais bien d'y réfléchir you'd do well to ou you should ou you'd better think about it!pour bien faire, il faudrait réserver aujourd'hui the best thing would be to book today, ideally we should book today————————[fɛr] verbe impersonnel1. MÉTÉOROLOGIEil fait chaud/froid it's hot/cold2. (locution)————————[fɛr] verbe auxiliaire1. [provoquer une réaction]ça me fait dormir it puts ou sends me to sleepa. [pour qu'il s'impatiente] let him waitb. [en lui demandant] ask him to waitn'essaie pas de me faire croire que... don't try to make ou to have me believe that...3. [commander de]fairefaire quelque chose par quelqu'un to have somebody do ou make something, to have something done ou made by somebody————————faire dans verbe plus préposition————————se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)1. [réussir]2. [se forcer à]se faire pleurer/vomir to make oneselfcry/vomit————————se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)————————se faire verbe pronominal (emploi passif)2. [être convenable]ça ne se fait pas de demander son âge à une femme it's rude ou it's not done to ask a woman her age3. [être réalisé]je dois signer un nouveau contrat, mais je ne sais pas quand cela va se faire I'm going to sign a new contract, but I don't know when that will betu pourrais me prêter 1 500 euros ? — ça pourrait se faire could you lend me 1,500 euros ? — that should be possiblecomment se fait-il que... ? how come ou how is it that... ?il pourrait se faire que... it might ou may be that..., it's possible that...————————se faire verbe pronominal intransitif1. [se former]3. [devenir] to becomes'il arrive à l'heure, je veux bien me faire nonne! (familier) if he arrives on time, I'll eat my hat!————————se faire verbe pronominal transitif1. [fabriquer]2. [effectuer sur soi][se maquiller]3. (familier) [gagner]elle se fait 4000 euros par mois she earns 4,000 euros per month, she gets 4,000 euros every month4. (familier) [s'accorder]on se fait un film/un petit café ? what about going to see a film/going for a coffee ?5. (familier) [supporter][agresser] to beat up————————se faire à verbe pronominal plus préposition————————s'en faire verbe pronominal intransitifelle s'en souviendra, ne t'en fais pas! she'll remember, don't you worry!encore au lit ? tu ne t'en fais pas! still in bed ? you're taking it easy, aren't you ? -
114 ne
ne [nə]adverb━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► ne becomes n' before a vowel or silent h.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Pour les structures de type ne... pas, ne... plus, rien ne, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► ne... que only• il n'y a que lui pour dire des choses pareilles ! only he would say such things!b. (après "que") je crains qu'il ne soit vexé I am afraid he is offended* * *nəNote: ne, adverbe de négation, n'a pas d'équivalent exact en anglaisGénéralement, la forme négative se construit avec un auxiliaire ou un verbe modal accompagné d'une négation: je ne sais pas = I don't know; je ne peux pas = I can't, I cannot; il n'a pas répondu = he didn't answerPour ne utilisé avec pas, jamais, guère, rien, plus, aucun, personne etc, on se reportera à l'article correspondant(n' before vowel or mute h) adverbeil ne pense qu'à s'amuser — he only thinks of enjoying himself, he thinks of nothing but enjoying himself
si l'avion est trop cher, il n'a qu'à prendre le train — if flying is too expensive he can take the train
* * *ne né, -e1. ppSee:Elle est née en 1980. — She was born in 1980.
né de... et de... — son of... and of...
née de... et de... — daughter of... and of...
2. adj* * *ne (n' before vowel or mute h) adv❢ Ne, adverbe de négation, n'a pas d'équivalent exact en anglais. Généralement, la forme négative se construit avec un auxiliaire ou un verbe modal accompagné d'une négation: je ne sais pas = I don't know; je ne peux pas = I can't, I cannot; il n'a pas répondu = he didn't answer. Pour ne utilisé avec pas, jamais, guère, rien, plus, aucun, personne etc, on se reportera à l'article correspondant. ne + verbe + que est traité dans l'article ci-dessous. je n'ai que 10 euros I've only got 10 euros; ce n'est qu'une égratignure it's only a scratch, it's nothing but a scratch; il n'y avait que lui dans la salle there was nobody but him in the room, he was the only person in the room; tu n'avais qu'à le dire! you only had to say so!; si tu veux que je t'aide tu n'as qu'à le dire if you need help you only have to tell me; il ne mange que des nouilles he eats nothing but noodles, he only eats noodles; il ne pense qu'à s'amuser he only thinks of enjoying himself, he thinks of nothing but enjoying himself; elle ne fait que (de) se plaindre she does nothing but complain; il n'y a qu'elle qui comprenne only she understands; il n'y a que lui pour être aussi désagréable only he can be so unpleasant; tu n'es qu'un raté you're nothing but a loser○; si l'avion est trop cher, il n'a qu'à prendre le train if flying is too expensive he can take the train.[nə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet n' [n]) adverbeA.[EN CORRÉLATION AVEC UN MOT NÉGATIF]dans des négativesje n'ai rien vu I saw nothing, I didn't see anythingB.[EN CORRÉLATION AVEC 'QUE'] [dans une explication]C.[EMPLOYÉ SEUL]1. (soutenu) [avec une valeur négative]je lui demanderais, si ma timidité ne m'en empêchait I would ask him if I were not so shyque ne le disais-tu plus tôt? why didn't you say so earlier!, if only you had said so earlier!n'était son grand âge, je l'aurais congédié (littéraire) had it not been for his advanced age, I would have dismissed him2. (soutenu) [avec une valeur explétive]sa seule crainte, c'était qu'on ne le renvoyât all he was afraid of ou his only fear was of being dismissed -
115 né
ne [nə]adverb━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► ne becomes n' before a vowel or silent h.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Pour les structures de type ne... pas, ne... plus, rien ne, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► ne... que only• il n'y a que lui pour dire des choses pareilles ! only he would say such things!b. (après "que") je crains qu'il ne soit vexé I am afraid he is offended* * *nəNote: ne, adverbe de négation, n'a pas d'équivalent exact en anglaisGénéralement, la forme négative se construit avec un auxiliaire ou un verbe modal accompagné d'une négation: je ne sais pas = I don't know; je ne peux pas = I can't, I cannot; il n'a pas répondu = he didn't answerPour ne utilisé avec pas, jamais, guère, rien, plus, aucun, personne etc, on se reportera à l'article correspondant(n' before vowel or mute h) adverbeil ne pense qu'à s'amuser — he only thinks of enjoying himself, he thinks of nothing but enjoying himself
si l'avion est trop cher, il n'a qu'à prendre le train — if flying is too expensive he can take the train
* * *ne né, -e1. ppSee:Elle est née en 1980. — She was born in 1980.
né de... et de... — son of... and of...
née de... et de... — daughter of... and of...
2. adj* * *ne (n' before vowel or mute h) adv❢ Ne, adverbe de négation, n'a pas d'équivalent exact en anglais. Généralement, la forme négative se construit avec un auxiliaire ou un verbe modal accompagné d'une négation: je ne sais pas = I don't know; je ne peux pas = I can't, I cannot; il n'a pas répondu = he didn't answer. Pour ne utilisé avec pas, jamais, guère, rien, plus, aucun, personne etc, on se reportera à l'article correspondant. ne + verbe + que est traité dans l'article ci-dessous. je n'ai que 10 euros I've only got 10 euros; ce n'est qu'une égratignure it's only a scratch, it's nothing but a scratch; il n'y avait que lui dans la salle there was nobody but him in the room, he was the only person in the room; tu n'avais qu'à le dire! you only had to say so!; si tu veux que je t'aide tu n'as qu'à le dire if you need help you only have to tell me; il ne mange que des nouilles he eats nothing but noodles, he only eats noodles; il ne pense qu'à s'amuser he only thinks of enjoying himself, he thinks of nothing but enjoying himself; elle ne fait que (de) se plaindre she does nothing but complain; il n'y a qu'elle qui comprenne only she understands; il n'y a que lui pour être aussi désagréable only he can be so unpleasant; tu n'es qu'un raté you're nothing but a loser○; si l'avion est trop cher, il n'a qu'à prendre le train if flying is too expensive he can take the train.→ link=naître naître————————Clara Brown, née Moore Clara Brown, née ou nee Moorec'est une musicienne née she's a born musician, she was born (to be) a musician -
116 in
1.in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.I.With abl.A.In space.1.Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):2.aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,
Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,
id. Brut. 43, 161:qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,
id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,
id. ib.:T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 26, 97:in foro palam Syracusis,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,
Caes. B. C. 2, 35:tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,
Cic. Mil. 6, 15:in via fornicata,
Liv. 22, 36:vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,
Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,
Quint. 5, 10, 16:nupta in domo,
Liv. 6, 34, 9:copias in castris continent,
in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,
Quint. 11, 3, 130:se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,
Liv. 5, 40, 10:malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,
Cic. Att. 4, 10:sedere in solio,
id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,
Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,
Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 18:caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,
Quint. 12, 10, 24:in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,
Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):3.in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 3:Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,
Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,
id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:in perditis et desperatis,
id. ib. 13, 56, 1:omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,
id. de Sen. 19, 71:dolor in maximis malis ducitur,
id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:justissimus unus in Teucris,
Verg. A. 2, 426:cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,
Liv. 27, 12, 16:in diis et feminae sunt,
Lact. 1, 16, 17.—Of analogous relations of place or position:B.sedere in equo,
on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:quid legati in equis,
id. Pis. 25, 60:sedere in leone,
Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:in eo flumine pons erat,
on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:in herboso Apidano,
on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:in digitis,
on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:castra in limite locat,
on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,
on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:oleae in arbore,
Cels. 2, 24:Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,
among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,
Liv. 25, 16, 7:in juvenibus,
Quint. 11, 1, 32:nutus in mutis pro sermone est,
id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:in veste candida,
Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:in calceis,
id. 24, 38, 2:in insignibus,
id. 5, 41, 2:in tunicis albis,
Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:in Persico et vulgari habitu,
Curt. 3, 3, 4:in lugubri veste,
id. 10, 5, 17:in Tyriis,
Ov. A. A. 2, 297:in Cois,
id. ib. v. 298; cf.:homines in catenis Romam mittere,
Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:duas legiones in armis,
Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:in armis hostis,
under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,in oculis provinciae,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:in oculis omnium,
id. ib. 1, 3, 7:divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,
Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):in populorum institutis aut legibus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,
id. Fat. 1, 1:in Timaeo dicit,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,
Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,
Cic. Or. 71, 234:in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,
Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,
Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,
id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:rem habere in manibus,
id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,
in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,
Liv. 32, 24, 2:quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,
Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:inter manus),
Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,quorum epistulas in manu teneo,
Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:in manu poculum tenens,
id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,
Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:in animo esse,
Cic. Fam. 14, 11:in animo habere,
id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:lex est ratio insita in natura,
id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:in memoria sedere,
id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,
Luc. 1, 247:quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!
Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,
Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,
id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:si quid artis in medicis est,
Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:nibil esse in morte timendum,
Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,
Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,
Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,
Liv. 30, 19, 3:cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,
id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:b.feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,
in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:in tempore hoc,
Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:in hoc tempore,
Tac. A. 13, 47:in tali tempore,
Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:in diebus paucis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:in brevi spatio,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:in qua aetate,
Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:in ea aetate,
Liv. 1, 57:in omni aetate,
Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,
Suet. Caes. 7:qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,
in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):nihil in vita se simile fecisse,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:in tota vita inconstans,
id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:c.ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,
Liv. 33, 5:spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,
id. 2, 47:rebellaturi,
Tac. A. 12, 50:atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:d.sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,
id. ib. 5, 35, 100:id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,
Liv. 21, 37:haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,
for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:C.fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,
Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,
id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,
id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,
Caes. B. G. 2, 21:in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,
in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:in excidenda Numantia,
Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,
id. Or. 21, 74.—In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:2.qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,
Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,
id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,
id. Clu. 8, 25.—So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,
Caes. B. C. 3, 31:torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?
Liv. 23, 9, 7:hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:in metu,
Tac. A. 14, 43:in voluptate,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:alicui in amore esse,
beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:alicui in amoribus esse,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:res in invidia erat,
Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?
in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,
even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,
Curt. 5, 5, 23:in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,
Quint. 9, 4, 8:agi in judiciis,
id. 11, 1, 78:tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,
Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:in actione... dicere,
Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,
Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,
Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,
Cic. Brut, 43, 160:qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,
is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,
is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,
id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,
id. Or. 61, 205:Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,
on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,
id. ib. 3, 5, 5;but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,
in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,
in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:quod mihi in parte verum videtur,
Quint. 2, 8, 6:patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,
id. 5, 7, 22:hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,
in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:in furibus aerarii,
Sall. C. 52, 12:Achilles talis in hoste fuit,
Verg. A. 2, 540:in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,
in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:suspectus et in morte matris fuit,
Suet. Vit. 14:qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,
Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,
Quint. 9, 3, 36:aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,
id. 9, 3, 69:Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,
Gell. 1, 22, 15:stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,
Charis. 1, 18, 39:semper in significatione ea hortus,
Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:II.cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,
Liv. 3, 8, 9:adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,
id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,
id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:dum in dubiost animus,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:in integro esse,
Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:in incerto esse,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:in obvio esse,
id. 37, 23, 1:in tuto esse,
id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:videre te in tuto,
Cat. 30, 6:in aequo esse,
Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:in expedito esse,
Curt. 4, 2, 22:in proximo esse,
Quint. 1, 3, 4:in aperto esse,
Sall. C. 5, 3:in promisco esse,
Liv. 7, 17, 7:in augusto esse,
Cels. 5, 27, 2:in incerto haberi,
Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:in levi habitum,
id. H. 2, 21; cf.:in incerto relinquere,
Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.With acc.A.In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;2.v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 19:in Ephesum advenit,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:in Epirum venire,
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,
id. Rep. 2, 19:remigrare in domum veterem e nova,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:cum in sua rura venerunt,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,
id. Fam. 15, 9:in Ubios legatos mittere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,
Sall. J. 75, 1:Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,
Liv. 3, 58, 1:abire in exercitum,
Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,
Tac. A. 4, 56:nuntiatur in castra,
Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:allatis in castra nuntiis,
Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,
Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):in crimen populo ponere,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 19:duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,
Liv. 29, 19, 7:prius me collocavi in arborem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:in caelum ascendere,
Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,
id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,
up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,
Ov. M. 1, 113:in flumen deicere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:3.quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,
Cels. 2, 3:Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,
Tac. Agr. 10:in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,
Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,
towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:in Galliam versus movere,
Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:si in urbem versus venturi erant,
Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):B.in memoriam reducere,
Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:in animum inducere,
Liv. 27, 9:in mentem venire,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3:frequens imitatio transit in mores,
Quint. 1, 11, 3. —Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—In time, into, till, for:C.dormiet in lucem,
into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,
Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:in multam noctem luxit,
Suet. Tib. 74:si febris in noctem augetur,
Cels. 7, 27:dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,
Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,
for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,
forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,
for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,
id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,
id. Mil. 9, 24:solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,
for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,
Liv. 27, 2:qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,
Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,
Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,
Quint. 12, 11, 20:in illum usque diem servati,
id. 8, 3, 68:in serum usque patente cubiculo,
Suet. Oth. 11:regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,
Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:res dilata est in posterum,
id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,
id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,
Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,
id. 30, 17, 1:effugis in futurum,
Tac. H. 1, 71:quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,
id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,
Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):sensit miles in tempus conficta,
Tac. A. 1, 37:ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,
id. ib. 6, 11:scaena in tempus structa,
id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,
Liv. 22, 40, 8:rapto in diem frumento,
id. 4, 10, 1;but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,
i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:vitium in dies crescit,
Vell. 2, 5, 2:in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,
Cic. Att. 5, 7:qui senescat in dies,
Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:nos in diem vivimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:in diem et horam,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;and in horas,
hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:2.id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,
about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,
towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:in liberos nostros indulgentia,
id. ib. 2, 40, 168:de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,
id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:in dominum quaeri,
to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:in eos impetum facere,
id. Att. 2, 22, 1:invehi in Thebanos,
Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,
id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?
Liv. 7, 6, 11:vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,
to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:in puppim rediere rates,
Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,
to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,
Liv. 21, 42, 2:quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,
Tac. A. 11, 6:haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,
Liv. 28, 28; so,datae in praesidium cohortes,
Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,
id. Att. 2, 22:qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,
id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:in utramque partem disputat,
on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,
id. Off. 2, 13, 46:cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,
in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,
id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,
Liv. 5, 15, 4;also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,
Sall. C. 12, 3:perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,
id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,
Liv. 30, 43, 9:pax data Philippo in has leges est,
id. 33, 30:Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,
Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,
id. Font. 5, 9:extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,
a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,
id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),
Tac. A. 2, 67.—Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:3.non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,
Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:neglegentior in patrem,
Just. 32, 3, 1:in quem omnes intenderat curas,
Curt. 3, 1, 21:quos ardere in proelia vidi,
Verg. A. 2, 347:in bellum ardentes,
Manil. 4, 220:nutante in fugam exercitu,
Flor. 3, 10, 4:in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),
Liv. 21, 43, 7:certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,
id. 21, 45, 4:in id sors dejecta,
id. 21, 42, 2:in id fide accepta,
id. 28, 17, 9:in spem pacis solutis animis,
id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,
Hor. Epod. 17, 63:nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 16, 3:alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?
Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:in obsequium plus aequo pronus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:paratus in res novas,
Tac. H. 4, 32:in utrumque paratus,
Verg. A. 2, 61.—Of the result of an act or effort:4.denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,
Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,
id. ib. 3, 533:populum in obsequia principum formavit,
Just. 3, 2, 9:omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,
Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:commutari ex veris in falsa,
Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,
Curt. 3, 8, 20.—Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;5.Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,
Liv. 39, 26, 12:pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,
id. 28, 21, 4:quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,
id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:oratio habita in sexus honorem,
Quint. 1, 1, 6:convivium in honorem victoriae,
id. 11, 2, 12:in honorem Quadratillae,
Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:in honorem tuum,
Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;6.opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:si in rem est Bacchidis,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,
Liv. 26, 44, 7:cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,
id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:in rem fore credens universos adpellare,
Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:in duas res magnas id usui fore,
Liv. 37, 15, 7:in hos usus,
Verg. A. 4, 647.—To form adverbial expressions:7.non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,
in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,
Tac. G. 5:in universum aestimanti, etc.,
id. ib. 6:aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),
wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:in plenum dici potest, etc.,
fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,
beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,
for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:in deterius,
Tac. A. 14, 43:in mollius,
id. ib. 14, 39:quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),
Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:aucto in barbarum cognomento,
id. H. 5, 2:priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,
while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,
so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,
Vell. 2, 43, 4:quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,
Ov. M. 11, 71:meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,
in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:ut simul in omnia paremur,
Quint. 11, 3, 25:in antecessum dare,
beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:III.quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,
Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17:neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,
Quint. 6, 2, 29:numero mihi in mentem fuit,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:ecquid in mentem est tibi?
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,
Suet. Aug. 16:quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,
Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,
put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:reliquos in custodiam habitos,
Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.2.in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc. -
117 χείρ
χείρ, ἡ, χειρός, χειρί, χεῖρα, dual χεῖρε, χεροῖν, pl. χεῖρες, χερῶν, χεῖρας, penult. being regularly short, when the ult. is long; dat. pl. regularly χερσί ( χειρσί occurs in cod.Vat. of LXX, as Jd.7.19, 1 Ch.5.10, and late Inscrr. as CIG2811A b.10 ([place name] Aphrodisias), 2942c ([place name] Tralles): but Poets used the penult. long or short in all cases, as the verse required, χερός, χερί, χέρα, χέρε, χέρες, χέρας (of which Hom. uses onlyχερί; χέρα h.Pan.40
); gen. dual (lyr.), 1394 (lyr.), IG22.1498.76; gen. pl. χειρῶν ib.31, common in Prose.—Poet. forms, dat. pl. χείρεσι ([etym.] ν ) once in Hom., Il.20.468, also Q.S.2.401, 5.469 (v.l.);χείρεσσι Il.12.382
, Pi.O.10(11).62, S.Ant. 976 (lyr.), 1297 (lyr.), and once in trim., E.Alc. 756; χέρεσσι ([etym.] ν) Hes.Th. 519, 747, B.17.49; ([place name] Galatia):—[dialect] Dor. nom. [full] χέρς Timocr.9; [full] χήρ Sophr. in PSI11.1214a3 (also, = δίψακος, Ps.-Dsc.3.11); gen.χηρός Alcm.32
, IG42(1).121.22 (Epid., iv B. C.); acc. pl. χῆρας ib.96, [dialect] Aeol.χέρρας Alc.Supp.4.21
, Theoc.28.9.—On the accent and declension of these forms, v. Hdn.Gr.2.277, 748:— the hand, whether closed,παχεῖα Il.3.376
;βαρεῖα 11.235
, al.; or open, flat, χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσι, χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ, 15.114, Od.13.164, al.;εἰς τὴν χ. ἐγχεάμενοί τι X.Cyr.1.3.9
: freq. in pl. where a single hand is meant, Il.23.384, etc.; reversely, sg. where more than one hand is spoken of, e.g. Od.3.37, etc.; dual joined with pl.,ἄμφω χεῖρας 8.135
;χεῖρε ἀμφοτέρας Il.21.115
.2 hand and arm, arm (cf. Ruf.Onom.11,82, Gal.2.347),πῆχυν χειρὸς δεξιτερῆς Il.21.166
; ;χεῖρες ἀπ' ὤμων ἀΐσσοντο Hes.Th. 150
;χ. εἰς ὤμους γυμναί Longus 1.4
; ἐν χερσὶ γυναικῶν πεσέειν into the arms, Il.6.81, etc.: hence, words are added to denote the hand as distinct from the arm,ἄκρην οὔτασε χεῖρα 5.336
;περὶ ἄκραις ταῖς χ. χειρῖδας ἔχουσι X.Cyr.8.8.17
, cf. Pl. Prt. 352a.3 of the hand or paw of animals,ὅσα [ζῷα] χεῖρας ἔχει X.Mem.1.4.14
; πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ χειρῶν go on all fours. LXX Le.11.27; so of monkeys, Arist.HA 502b3; of the fore-paws of the hyena, Id.Fr. 369; of the bear, Plu.2.919a.II Special usages:1 to denote position, ποτέρας τῆς χερός; on which hand? E.Cyc. 681;ἐπὶ δεξιὰ χειρός Pi.P.6.19
;ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρός Od.5.277
;χειρὸς εἰς τὰ δεξιά S.Fr. 598
;λαιᾶς χειρός A.Pr. 714
(but χείρ is often omitted with δεξιά, ἀριστερά, as we say the right, the left).2 freq. in dat. of all numbers with Verbs which imply the use of hands, λάβε χειρί, χερσὶν ἑλέσθαι, Il.5.302, 10.501;χερσὶν ἀσπάζεσθαι Od.3.35
;προκαλίζεσθαι 18.20
; χειρί, χεροῖν ψαῦσαι, S.OT 1510, 1466: sts. this dat. is added pleon. by way of emphasis,ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν χερί Id.Aj. 310
.3 gen., by the hand,χειρὸς ἔχειν τινά Il.4.154
;χειρὸς ἑλών 1.323
, etc.; γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη he raised him by the hand, 24.515, cf. Od.14.319;χερὶ χειρὸς ἑλών Pi.P.9.122
;τινὰ χειρός ἑλκειν Id.N.11.32
;ἀνέλκειν τινὰ τῆς χ. Ar.V. 569
(anap.).4 the acc. is used when one takes the hand of a person,χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλών Il. 24.361
;χεῖρ' ἕλε δεξιτερήν Od.1.121
; χεῖράς τ' ἀλλήλων λαβέτην, in pledge of good faith, Il.6.233; soἔμβαλλε χ. δεξιὰν πρώτιστά μοι S.Tr. 1181
; alsoἔμβαλλε χειρὸς πίστιν Id.Ph. 813
, cf. OC 1632.5 other uses of the acc.:a in prayer or entreaty, χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν [θεοῖς] Il.3.275, etc.;ποτὶ γούνασι χεῖρας βάλλειν Od.6.310
;ἀμφὶ.. Ἀρήτης βάλε γούνασι χεῖρας Ὀδυσσεύς 7.142
; ;ἀμφί τινι χεῖρε β. 21.223
;περίβαλε δὲ χέρας Ar.Th. 914
, cf. A.Ag. 1559 (anap.);χεῖρας προΐσχεσθαι Th.3.58
, 66; so alsoχεῖρας ἀείρων Od.11.423
, cf. Il.7.130 (tm.); χ. ἀνατείνειν (v.ἀνατείνω 1.1
).b τὰς χεῖρας αἴρειν to hold up hands in token of assent or choice, of persons voting, Ar.Ec. 264;τὴν χ. αἴρειν And.3.41
;ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀράτω τὴν χ. X.An.5.6.33
, cf. 7.3.6; ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χ. ib.3.2.9, 33;χεῖρας ὀρεγνύς Il.22.37
;χεῖρ' ὀρέγων εἰς οὐρανόν 15.371
;χεῖρας ὀ. τινί Od.12.257
;πρός τινα Pi. P.4.240
;ποτὶ στόμα χεῖρ' ὀρέγεσθαι Il.24.506
(but χεῖρά τισι ὀ. to reach them one's hand in help, X.HG5.2.17); alsoχεῖρε ἑτάροισι πετάσσας Il.4.523
, etc.;πιτνὰς εἰς ἐμὲ χεῖρας Od.11.392
(but χεῖρε πετάσσας abs., of one swimming, etc., 5.374, al.).I as a protector, Il.9.420, etc.: less freq. τισι, 4.249, cf. 5.433;χεῖρά θ' ὕπερθεν ἔχεις IG14.1003.10
([place name] Rome).d in hostile sense, χεῖρας or χεῖρα ἐπιφέρειν τινί, Il.1.89, 19.261, al.;χεῖρας ἐφιέναι τινί 1.567
, Od.1.254, al.;χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλειν τισί Plb.3.2.8
, etc.;χέρα τινὶ προσενεγκεῖν Pi.P.9.36
; χεῖρας ἐπί τινι ἰάλλειν, v. ἰάλλω 1.1.e χεῖρας ἀπέχειν keep hands off,λοιμοῖο βαρείας χεῖρας ἀφέξει Il.1.97
codd.;κερτομίας δέ τοι.. καὶ χεῖρας ἀφέξω.. μνηστήρων Od.20.263
;ἀθανάτων ἀπέχειν χέρας A.Eu. 350
(lyr.);τὼ χεῖρε ἀπέχεται Pl.Smp. 213d
;παύειν χεῖράς τινος Il.21.294
.f χεῖρας ἐπιτιθέναι τινί, in token of consecration, 1 Ep.Ti.5.22, etc.6 with Preps.:a ἀνὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν τινάς to be intimate with.., Plb.21.6.5;αἱ ἀνὰ χεῖρά τινων ὁμιλίαι S.E.M.1.64
; τὰ ἀνὰ χεῖρα πράγματα the matters in hand, Plu.2.614b, etc. (also οἱ ἀνὰ χ. χρόνοι the current period, PRyl.88.21 (ii A. D.); τὰ ἀνὰ χ. what comes his way, Ps.-Ptol.Centil.18; ἀνὰ χ. τῆς πύλης hard by.., LXX 2 Ki.15.2.b ἀπὸ χειρὸς λογίσασθαι to reckon off-hand, roughly, Ar.V. 656 (anap.), cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29: but πότισον τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ χειρός by hand, PCair.Zen.155 (iii B. C.).c διὰ χερῶν ἔχειν, λαβεῖν, literally, to have or take between the hands, A.Supp. 193, S.Ant. 916; διὰ χειρὸς ἔχειν to hold in the hand, ib. 1258 (anap.), Ar.V. 597 (anap.); to have in hand, i. e. under control, Th.2.76;διὰ χειρῶν ἔχειν τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1308a27
; τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων keep under control, Th.2.13: later, to have a work in hand, be engaged in it, Phld.Acad.Ind.p.69M. ([etym.] χερός), D.H.Isoc.4;τὰ ὅπλα Plu.Cor.2
, etc. (also διὰ χ. by direct payment, opp. διὰ τῆς τραπέζης by banker's order, BGU1156.8 (i B. C.), etc.; cf.διὰ χ. ἔσπευδε τὴν πρᾶσιν Charito 1.12
); of arms,διὰ χειρὸς εἶναι Luc.Anach.35
; διὰ χ. ἔχειν, c. part., to be continually doing, Plu.2.767c;διὰ χειρός τινος ποιεῖν τι LXXJo.17.4
, al., cf. Act.Ap.7.25, al.d ἐς χεῖρας λαβεῖν τι literally, S.El. 1120, etc.; to take a matter in hand, undertake it,πρᾶγμ' ἐς χέρας λαβόντ' E.Hec. 1242
;ἄγεσθαί τι ἐς χεῖρας Hdt.1.126
, 4.79, etc.; δοῦναί τινι ἐς χέρας, εἰς χεῖρα, S.El. 1348, X.Cyr.8.8.22;καταστῆσαι εἰς τὰς χ. τινος Aeschin.2.28
; of persons, ἵκεο χεῖρας ἐς ἁμάς thou hast fallen into our hands, Il.10.448 (in Hom. also simplyὅ τι χεῖρας ἵκοιτο Od.12.331
, cf. 24.172); soεἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι X.Cyr.7.4.10
, cf. 2.4.15: generally, to have to do with any one, converse with him, Id.An.1.2.26 (soἐς χεῖρα γῇ ξυνῆψαν E.Heracl. 429
): most freq. ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τισι to come to blows or close quarters with.., A.Th. 680;ἀλλήλοις Th.7.44
: abs.,εἰς χ. ἐλθεῖν Id.4.96
;ἐς χ. ἰέναι Id.2.3
, 4.72, cf. PTeb.765.6 (ii B. C.);συνιέναι X.Cyr.8.8.22
; also ἐς χειρῶν νόμον (fort. νομόν)ἀπικέσθαι Hdt.9.48
; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ (fort. νομῷ)ἀπόλλυσθαι Id.8.89
, cf. Aeschin.1.5, SIG167.37 (Mylasa, iv B. C.), Heraclid.Pol.25, Plb.1.34.5, 5.111.6; [full] ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ Arist.Pol. 1285a10, D.H.6.26;ἐν χειρῶν νομαῖς SIG700.29
(Lete, ii B.C.), v. l. in LXX 3 Ma.1.5; ἐν χεροῖν δίκῃ cj. in E.Ba.738;εἰς χεῖρας συμμεῖξαι τοῖς πολεμίοις X.Cyr.2.1.11
; also εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαί τινας to await their charge, Id.An.4.3.31;ἐς χ. ὑπομεῖναί τινας Th. 5.72
.e ἐκ χειρός by hand of man, S.Aj.27: from near at hand, at close range,ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν X.An.3.3.15
; ἀμύνασθαι ib.5.4.25;μάχεσθαι Id.HG7.2.14
, cf. D.S.19.6;πληγὰς ἐκ χ. ἀναδέξασθαι Plu.
tim.4;οὐ μὴ σωθῇ ἐκ χ. σιδήρου LXX Jb.20.24
; ἡ ἐκ χ. δίκη lynch law, D.H.4.37;ἡ ἐκ χ. βία Plb.9.4.6
: metaph., ἡ ἐκ χ. θεωρία closerange reading, D.H.Isoc.2; so of time, out of hand, off-hand, forthwith, Plb.5.41.7, al.fδέπας μητρὶ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει Il.1.585
, cf. Od.13.57, 15.120, al. (always so of a cup, hence ἐν χερσὶ τίθει δέπας, though found in most codd., was condemned by the critics in Il.l.c., Od.3.51, 15.130);πρεσβήϊον ἐν χερὶ θήσω Il.8.289
; τόξον, ἔγχος ἔχων ἐν χειρί, 15.443, 17.604;σκῆπτρον δέ οἱ ἔμβαλε χειρί Od.2.37
; butἐν.. χειρὶ σκῆπτρον ἔθηκεν Il.23.568
; of a gift,ἐν χερσὶ τίθει 1.441
, 446; ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχειν, literally, Pl.R. 432d;τὰ ὅπλ' ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχων D.9.8
, etc. (metaph.,ἔτι μεμνημένων ὑμῶν καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἕκαστ' ἐχόντων Id.18.226
); but ἐν χερσὶν ἔχειν also, to have in hand, be engaged in,τὸν γάμον Hdt.1.35
;ἑορτήν Plu.Alex.13
;τὴν περὶ Δημοσθένους πραγματείαν D.H.Th.1
;ἐν χειρί τινα δίκην ἔχων Pl.Tht. 172e
; ὁ ἐν χερσὶ πόλεμος the war in hand, D.H.8.87; περιτειχισμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ὤν ib.21;ἡ ἐν χ. ζήτησις S.E.M.11.208
, etc.; freq. of fighting, ἐν χερσί hand to hand,ἐν χ. ἦν ἡ μάχη Th.4.43
;ἐν χ. ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.66
, cf. 4.57,96, etc.;ἐν χ. γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἐναντίοις Id.5.72
;ἐν χ. εἶναί τινος X.HG4.6.11
;δίκη ἐν χερσί Hes.Op. 192
;ὁ ψόφος τῶν ὅπλων καὶ τῶν ἵππων ὁ φρυαγμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ἐδόκει εἶναι D.S.19.31
; ἡ ἐν χερσὶν [δυστυχία] Plu.Cleom.22: also in dual,τἀν χεροῖν S.Ant. 1345
(lyr.); ἐν χειρί τινος by the hand of.., LXX Jo.21.2, al.;ἐν χ. ἀγγέλου Act.Ap.7.35
(v.l.).g ἐπὶ χειρὸς ἔχειν on or in one's hand, Thgn.490; ἐπὶ χεῖράς τινων ἐκφέρουσι put into their hands, Plu.2.815b; also ἐπὶ χεῖρά τινος next to, LXXNe.3.4.h κατὰ χειρός, of washing the hands before meals, ὕδωρ κατὰ χειρός (sc. φερέτω τις), Ar.V. 1216, cf.Av. 464 (anap.), Fr. 502 (lyr.), Philox. 1, Ath.9.408e; (without ὕδωρ)κατὰ χ. ἐδόθη Alex.261.2
, cf. Arched. 2.3: prov. of that which is easily come by, Telecl.1.2 (anap.);πάντα μοι κατὰ χ. ἦν τὰ πράγματα
at hand,Pherecr.
146.5; also κατὰ χειρῶν δοῦναι, χέειν, λαβεῖν, Philyll.3, Antiph.287 (v.l.), Men.470 (troch.), cf. Phot.s.v. κατὰ χειρὸς ὕδωρ: κατὰ χεῖρα in deed or act,κατὰ χ. γενναιότατοι D.H.7.6
; opp. συνέσει, Plu.Phil.7; κατὰ χεῖρά σου according to thy will, LXX Si.25.26: but κατὰ χεῖρας [τῆς σοφίας] by her side, ib.14.25.i μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχειν between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 15.717; [ἄλεισον] μετὰ χ. ἐνώμα Od.22.10
: μετὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν to have in hand, be engaged in, Hdt.7.16.β, Th.1.138.k λάβε παρὰ χεῖρα take in hand, LXX To. 11.4; but τὸ πὰρ χειρός the work in hand, B.13.10.m πρὸς χειρός τινος by his hand, A.Supp.66 (lyr.), etc.; πρὸς ἐμὴν χεῖρα at the signs given by my hand, S.Ph. 148 (anap.); πρὸς χεῖρα ὑποβορβορύζοντες on pressure, Hp.Epid.4.7.n ὑπὸ χερσὶ ἁλοῦσα under, i.e. by, another's hands, Il.2.374, etc.; ὑπὸ χεῖρα ποιεῖσθαι to bring under one's power, X.Ages.1.22; οἱ ὑπὸ χ. persons in one's power, D.6.34; ὑπὸ τὴν χ. ἐλθεῖν to come into one's hand, Luc.Herm.57, etc.; ὑπὸ χ. in hand, i.e. in stock, Arist.Mete. 369b33; but also, at hand, i.e. at once, Plu.2.548e; τὰ ὑπὸ χ. ib.56b, Dsc.1.35; ὁ ὑπὸ χ. the attendant, Dsc.5.75;παρέργως καὶ ὑπὸ χ.
extempore,Plu.
Arat.3, etc.; also καθύπο χεῖρα κινῶν [τὰς οὐσίας], in Alchemy, Ps.-Democr. p.51 B.III the hand often receives the attributes of the person using it, χ. μεγάλη, of Zeus, Il.15.695 (χ. παγκρατής, of God, Secund.Sent.3; χ. ὑπερμήκης, of the 'long arm' of the king, Hdt.8.140.β') ; θοὴ χ., of one throwing, Il.12.306;ἀφνειά Pi.O.7.1
, cf. S.El. 458; εὐσεβεστέρα, εὐφιλής, A.Ch. 141, Ag.34; κάρβανος ib. 1061; (anap.); , etc.: to denote wealth or poverty,πλειοτέρῃ σὺν χ. Od.11.359
;κενεὰς σὺν χ. ἔχοντες 10.42
, cf. E.Hel. 1280, etc.2 it is represented as acting of itself,χεῖρες μαιμῶσιν Il.13.77
, cf. S.Aj.50;χεὶρ ὁρᾷ τὸ δράσιμον A.Th. 554
;δήμου κρατοῦσα χ. Id.Supp. 604
(dub. l.): prov.,ἁ δὲ χ. τὰν χ. νίζει Epich.273
; or simply,ἁ χ. τὰν χ. AP5.207
(Mel.).3 pl., in theurgy, name for spiritual powers,αἱ δημιουργικαὶ [τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος] δυνάμεις ἃς θεουργῶν παῖδες χεῖρας ἀποκαλοῦσιν Procl. in Cra. p.101
P., cf. eund. in R.2.252K.IV to denote act or deed, opp. mere words, in pl.,ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
; μνῆμ' Ἑλένης χειρῶν of her handiwork, her art, Od.15.126 (so in sg.,δώρημ' ἐκείνῳ τἀνδρὶ τῆς ἐμῆς χ. S.Tr. 603
);χερσὶν ἢ λόγῳ Id.OT 883
(lyr.), cf. OC 1297, etc.; τῇ χειρὶ χρᾶσθαι to use one's hands, i.c. be active, stirring, opp. ἀργὸς ἐπεστάναι, Hdt.3.78, cf. 9.72; τὰς χ. προσφέρειν to apply force, X.Mem.2.6.31: sg.,βούλευμα μὲν τὸ Δῖον, Ἡφαίστου δὲ χείρ A.Pr. 619
; μιᾷ χειρί single-handed, D.21.219;χειρὶ καὶ ποδὶ καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει Aeschin.3.109
, cf. 2.115;χερσίν τε ποσίν τε Il.20.360
, cf. Pi.O.10(11).62, esp. of using the hands in a fight, cf. supr. 11.6d, e, f; of deeds of violence, πρὶν χειρῶν γεύσασθαι before we try force, Od.20.181; ἀδίκων χ. ἄρχειν to give the first blow, X.Cyr.1.5.13, Antipho 4.2.1, Lys.4.11, etc.;ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν Pl.Lg. 869d
: generally, χεῖρες violent measures, force,ἐπίσχετε θυμὸν ἐνιπῆς καὶ χειρῶν Od.20.267
;ὑπόδικος χερῶν A.Eu. 260
(lyr.);χερσὶ πεποιθώς Il.16.624
, etc.; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ v. supr. 11.6d; ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας χ. ἀλάλκοι, v.l. for κῆρας, Il.21.548.V a number, band, body of men, esp. of soldiers,χεὶρ μεγάλη Hdt.7.157
; in dat.,οὐ σὺν μεγάλῃ χ. Id.5.72
;πολλῇ χ. 1.174
, Th.3.96, E.Heracl. 337; pleon.,χ. μεγάλῃ πλήθεος Hdt.7.20
; ; οἰκεία χείρ, for χεὶρ οἰκετῶν, E.El. 629;σὺν πλήθει χερῶν S.OT 123
.VI handwriting,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα ἀρνήσασθαι Hyp.Lyc.Fr.5
, cf. IG9(1).189 ([place name] Phocis); τῇ ἐμῇ χ. Παύλου I Ep. Cor.16.21, Ep.Col.4.18: copy, counterpart of a document, SIG712.31 (Crete, ii B.C.); deed, instrument,ἡ χ. ἥδε κυρία ἔστω PRein.28.18
(ii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen. 477 (iii B.C.), etc.b handiwork of an artist or workman,γλαφυρὰ χ. Theoc.Epigr.8.5
, etc.;αἱ Ἐφεσίου χεῖρες Herod.4.72
, cf. 6.66;σοφαὶ χέρες APl.4.262
;τὰς Φειδίου χ. Lib.Or. 30.22
.VII of any implement resembling a hand:1 a kind of gauntlet, X.Eq.12.5, Poll.1.135 (pl.).2 χ. σιδηρᾶ grappling-iron, Th.4.25, 7.62; also of an anchor, AP6.38 (Phil.).4 in LXX, pillar or cairn, as it were a finger pointing to heaven,χεὶρ Ἀβεσσαλώμ LXX 2 Ki.18.18
; also ἀνέστακεν αὐτῷ χεῖρα, i.e. trophy, ib. 1 Ki.15.12.5 χεῖρες ἐλάτιναι, of oars, Tim.Pers.7.7 instrument of torture, LXX 4 Ma.8.13. -
118 ἔχω
ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.Aἔχῃσθα Il.19.180
: [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep.ἔχον Od.2.22
, al., [dialect] Ion. and poet.ἔχεσκον Il.13.257
, Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf.ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27
(of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg. codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, alsoἔσχα IG3.1363.6
, 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper. , E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as , ); subj.σχῶ Il.21.309
, etc.; opt.σχοίην Isoc. 1.45
, in compds. σχοῖμι (asμετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484
(lyr.),κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11
); [ per.] 3pl.σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32
,σχοῖεν Th.6.33
; inf.σχεῖν Il. 16.520
, etc., [dialect] Ep.σχέμεν 8.254
(in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2εἴχοσαν AP5.208
(Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22,ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695
): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf. , εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf.εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244
, etc.: [tense] fut.ἕξομαι Il.9.102
, etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἐσχόμην Hom.
, Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper.σχέο Il.21.379
,σχέσθε 22.416
, later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf.σχέσθαι Od.4.422
, Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, laterσχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3
, freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4
, 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense,ἐσχόμην Il.17.696
, al., Hdt. 1.31 (σχέτο Il.7.248
, 21.345), part.σχόμενος Od.11.279
, prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf.ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2
; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)A Trans., have, hold:I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.);οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57
, Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240;κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405
; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received,θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77
;τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618
;παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663
;πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33
, etc.;ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191
; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get, : also [tense] fut.σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6
;λέχος E.Hel.30
, cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed,ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130
, cf. 197.2 keep, have charge of,ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22
;κῆπον 4.737
;Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271
;πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749
, 8.393;τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7
; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471;σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302
;ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515
, 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13;δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.3 c. acc. loci, inhabit,οὐρανόν Il.21.267
;Ὄλυμπον 5.890
; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123
;Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24
; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men,πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177
, 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts,τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12
.4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα), οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569
, cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.;ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31
, cf. Th.2.29;νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27
; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.;ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.
ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass.,τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398
.6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with,ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
, cf. 2.115;ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8
.δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171;ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277
; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get,περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42
.8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental,γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250
;ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83
;ἕλκος Il.16.517
;λύσσαν 9.305
;μάχην ἔ. 14.57
;ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515
; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394
, etc.;βουλήν 2.344
;τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670
; , cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς); ἄλγεα Il.5.895
, etc.;ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412
;πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105
;πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219
;πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2
, Od.8.529;οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15
;πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147
, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517;ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281
;φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301
; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut.ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29
, but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8;ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99
(but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4;ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19
;ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12
;ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85
([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted,οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515
;οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344
;ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295
;θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79
;σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143
;Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609
(unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608);ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135
;ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc.,φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379
; also of external objects,αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76
;μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160
;σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331
; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e;ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3
, cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also ; [Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66
); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass.,ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182
;κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409
;ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141
;νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6
;ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129
;ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34
;ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6
,ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25
;ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e
.9 possess mentally, understand,ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476
; ;πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582
, cf. E.Alc.51;ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789
; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper., ;ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490
; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing,μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311
; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.11 involve, admit of, , cf. Th.1.5;βάσανον Lys.12.31
;ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44
; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41;τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15
.12 of Measure or Value,τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26
;ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2
;χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9
.b Geom., ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, Id.Sph.Cyl.1.23.13 c. dupl.acc.,Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953
;Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188
;παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.
Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.II hold:1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold,οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517
, 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53;ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.
373.2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047;ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571
, cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33;νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b
, cf. R. 490a.3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear,εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538
, cf. 595;παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17
;σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376
;κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231
;τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24
, cf. 573, etc.;στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554
, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in fullἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32
; alsoπρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26
.ιγ.b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.7 enclose,φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301
;σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219
;τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65
(lyr.); of places, contain,θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8
;ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30
.8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fullyχεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569
; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, , cf. 11.760;φόβονδε 8.139
;τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752
, etc.;παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352
;ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279
;παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95
, etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph.,ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.
(?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land,νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92
;σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40
; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129;τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.);ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445
;ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272
;τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360
; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; soπρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25
.9 hold in, stay, keep back,ἵππους Il.4.302
, 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense, , cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, butἕξω Il.13.51
); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848;ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451
;σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502
(soεἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93
);ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445
; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.); ; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass.,οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5
.10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687; ; : c.inf.,ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182
; stop, hinder from doing,τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11
, cf. HG4.8.5;ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686
, cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.;μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658
; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11;τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691
, cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part.,ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888
(troch.); .11 keep back, withhold a thing,ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231
, cf. D.30.14;Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115
, cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place,εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54
, cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230;ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79
;σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346
, cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37;σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085
;τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11
.14 hold, consider,τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3
(dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164;τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5
;τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32
;ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18
, cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.;πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047
: sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281;ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379
;ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452
; .b have to face, be obliged,παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63
;εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5
H.;βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50
.2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not..,οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
, cf. Isoc.12.130;οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710
;οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24
;οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705
;ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743
; the two constructions combined,οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270
.IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.),ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505
, cf. 1262, 1840.B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27;νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492
; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169;ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793
, cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.;ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26
.64 with Preps., to be engaged or busy, (lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.;περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28
.II simply, be,ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435
;ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39
;περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128
; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91;ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88
(lyr.);ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238
;ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226
, etc.2 freq. with Advbs. of manner,εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245
, etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45; ); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10;ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981
;οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639
;οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7
, cf. Hdt.6.16;πρός τι D. 9.45
;τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336
;κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854
;ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63
; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114;ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134
, X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610;ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30
;τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41
; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d;εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108
; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59;ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107
;ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22
;ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345
, cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d;οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56
;μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32
;ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d
;οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11
: also c. acc.,εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a
, cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat.,οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315
;πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75
;τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10
.3 lead towards,ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180
, cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards,ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81
; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to,ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64
.IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense,κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42
;ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37
;ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355
, cf. Th. 706; freq. in S.,θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140
, cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose,ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1
;ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33
: less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part., (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c;κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35
(and so possiblyἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23
);παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8
: so in later Prose,παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24
; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely,τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433
, cf. Il.1.513, etc.;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329
: mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429;χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435
;βρετέων A. Th.98
(lyr.);ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101
; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.2 metaph., cleave, cling to,ἔργου Hdt. 8.11
, X.HG7.2.19; (iii A.D.);τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a
; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409;τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140
; lay hold on, take advantage of,τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32
;προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94
; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to,ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17
; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424; ;κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17
, etc.3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4;ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9
; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3;ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15
(iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (withoutτούτοις Isoc.6.29
).5 pertain to,ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b
;ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e
;ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b
, etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193;ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77
; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.II bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, Od.1.334; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ' ἔσχετο his shield, Il.12.294, cf. 298, 20.262.IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84;βίης Od.4.422
;ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129
;τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85
;τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169
;τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891
(lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328; ; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316;Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174
: abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.V [voice] Pass. ofἔχω B. 1
, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πρήγματα are balanced on.., Hdt.6.11.------------------------------------ἔχω (B), -
119 З-159
ШАПОЧНОЕ (ШЛЯПОЧНОЕ') ЗНАКОМ-CTBO coll NP usu. sing) a superficial, casual acquaintanceship: (have) (only) a nodding (passing, fleeting) acquaintance (with s.o.) (be) (only) on nodding terms (with s.o.) (in limited contexts) (be) mere acquaintances.(Анастасия Ефремовна:) Петя, у тебя нет знакомств в Бауманском училище? (Пётр Иванович:) Нет. У Николая Афанасьевича я встречал Коробова, но это так - шапочное знакомство (Розов 1). (А.Е.:) Petya, do you know anyone at the Bauman Institute? (PI..) No, I once met Korobov at Nikolai Af-anasievich's, but just that once. We have only a nodding acquaintance (1a).«Да, так о Жилинском... Умный человек, эрудит, но с ним будьте начеку». - «Я с ним почти не общаюсь, так, шапочное знакомство» (Рыбаков 2). "Yes, about Zhilinsky. He's a clever man, very well read, but be on your guard with him." "I have very little to do with him. We're only on nodding terms" (2a).Плохое настроение у неё (Сани Холодовой) было?» -спросил Антон. «Не сказал бы... Наверное, осторожничала - знакомство-то наше было, как говорится, шапочное» (Чернёнок 1). "Was she (Sanya Kholodova) in a bad mood?" Anton asked. "I wouldn't say that....She was careful, I think, we were mere acquaintances" (1a). -
120 шапочное знакомство
• ШАПОЧНОЕ <ШЛЯПОЧНОЕ obs> ЗНАКОМСТВО coll[NP; usu. sing]=====⇒ a superficial, casual acquaintanceship:- (have) (only) a nodding (passing, fleeting) acquaintance (with s.o.);- (be) (only) on nodding terms (with s.o.);- [in limited contexts](be) mere acquaintances.♦ [Анастасия Ефремовна:] Петя, у тебя нет знакомств в Бауманском училище? [Пётр Иванович:] Нет. У Николая Афанасьевича я встречал Коробова, но это так - шапочное знакомство (Розов 1). [А.Е.:] Petya, do you know anyone at the Bauman Institute? [PI..] No, I once met Korobov at Nikolai Afanasievich's, but just that once. We have only a nodding acquaintance (1a).♦ "Да, так о Жилинском... Умный человек, эрудит, но с ним будьте начеку". - "Я с ним почти не общаюсь, так, шапочное знакомство" (Рыбаков 2). "Yes, about Zhilinsky. He's a clever man, very well read, but be on your guard with him." "I have very little to do with him. We're only on nodding terms" (2a).♦ "Плохое настроение у неё [Сани Холодовой] было?" - спросил Антон. "Не сказал бы... Наверное, осторожничала - знакомство-то наше было, как говорится, шапочное" (Чернёнок 1). "Was she [Sanya Kholodova] in a bad mood?" Anton asked. "I wouldn't say that....She was careful, I think; we were mere acquaintances" (1a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > шапочное знакомство
См. также в других словарях:
Mere (lake) — Mere in English refers to a lake that is broad in relation to its depth, e.g. Martin Mere. A significant effect of its shallow depth is that for all or most of the time, it has no thermocline. Contents 1 Derivation of the word 1.1 Etymology 1.2… … Wikipedia
mere — [[t]mɪ͟ə(r)[/t]] ♦♦♦ merest (Mere does not have a comparative form. The superlative form merest is used to emphasize how small something is, rather than in comparisons.) 1) ADJ: ADJ n (emphasis) You use mere to emphasize how unimportant or… … English dictionary
but — 1. conjunction 1) he stumbled but didn t fall Syn: yet, nevertheless, nonetheless, even so, however, still, notwithstanding, despite that, in spite of that, for all that, all the same, just the same; though, although 2) this o … Thesaurus of popular words
Mere Brother Ki Dulhan — Theatrical release poster Directed by Ali Abbas Zafar Produced by Aditya Chopra … Wikipedia
Mere Jeevan Saathi (2006 film) — Mere Jeevan Saathi Directed by Suneel Darshan Produced by Suneel Darshan, Suraj Prakash … Wikipedia
mere — mere, bare are often employed with little or no distinction in the sense of being such as the term qualified states but nothing more. But mere is commonly used to emphasize the limitations of a thing, as if it were declared to be simply what it… … New Dictionary of Synonyms
Mere Sanam — Directed by Amar Kumar Produced by G.P. Sippy Written by Narendra Bedi (Story) Rajinder Singh Bedi … Wikipedia
Mere Ghar Aayi Ek Nanhi Pari — Intertitle of Mere Ghar Aayi Ek Nanhi Pari . Genre Drama Written by Preiti Mamgain … Wikipedia
Mere Theory — Origin Adelaide, South Australia, Australia Genres Indie, rock Years active 2000–present Labels Building Boomtown Website … Wikipedia
Mere Baap Pehle Aap — Promotional poster for Mere Baap Pehle Aap Directed by Priyadarshan … Wikipedia
Mere Christianity — … Wikipedia